







^*^M 




^^:- /\, -^K^ /-% 'M 






% 



,^' 



^' 



^- 



^0 V*, 



A c 



^^- 



.^^ 







s, J p.> -^ ^-"sr^ ^«, 



^.' 



% 






.\ 



THE 'i^S,/ 

GERMAN IN AMERICA, 

OR 

ADVICE AND INSTRUCTION FOR GERMAN EMIGRANTS 
IN THE 

UNITED STATES OF AMERICA. 



A READER FOR BEGINNERS IN THE ENGLISH AND GERMAM 
LANGUAGES. 



F. W. BOGEN, 

PASTOR IN BOSTON, MASS, 



CONTENTS : 

GENEKAI. EEMARKS. 

THE CONSTITUTION OF THE UNITED STATES. 
SKETCH OF THE LIFE OF VASHINGTON. 
SKETCH OF THE LIFE OF FRANKLIN. 



THIRD EDITI0>7. 

BOSTON : B. II. Greene, 124 Washington-street ; 
; NEW- YORK : D. Fansiiaw, 108 Nassau-street, corner of Ann. 

/ 18 5 2. 







^iffrf ^ III ^inf^rii^ 



ct)cc 
flic 

fceutfcbc ^iimrtubcret in ben SJetetnigteti 
^iinaitn i)ou ^Iiitetif'rt, 

SUglcicI) 
eitt ScfcBtt<^ fiir ^nfdiigcr in t>cv cnglifrfiew 

t»cn 

$. m 38ngni, 

^farrcc in 23c>ftcn, ?}^atlacf)ufctt6. 

?(nc\cmclnc 9?cmcrfunc;cn. 
35ic Scnftituticn ^cr ^Bercini(\tfn ©taotcn. 
Umri9 tco Scbcivo SOJn'ohinc^tcn'^. 
Umrip t>c» 2c0cn» ^ranflin'^, 

S)rittc 2(ui?9atjc. 

ffiofion : 35. .<3. © r c c n c, 1:24 SS^a^bingtcnfir. 

X852. 



Entered according to Act rf Congress, by Rev. Feedekick W, Bogeii 
m the year of our Lord one thousand eight hundred and fifty-one, in 
the Clerk's Office of the District Court of the Southern District ol 
New-York. 



D. Fanshaw, 

Printer and Stereotyper, 

35 Ann, corner of Nassau-street 



as o t tt> o 1 1* 

5(nft3rud)^to^ mtb bef(i)eit)en tvetcn bicfe 3ci(cit 
tjor bid) l)tu, tieber ?efer» 2)cn ®d)rciber bevfelbeu 
befeette nur cin ©trebcit, nur ein 5Bunfdv nam* 
lid) bcr, fcineu cimvanberubeu I'anb^teuten nul^id) 
^u werbeu itub il)uen— tvie er cjlaubt tl)rer i^age cnt* 
fpred)cube— 9iatl)fd)ldge s« crtl)ci(en. ^cfnvcijen 
l)cp cr auf il)re (jiitige 9iad}jTd)t mit ben SSlanc^cln 
unb Unyollfommcnl)eitcu bcr iiad)fcfgenben 3^1^^"/ 
inbem cr i()nen s«gteid) ^uruft: ^riifet Mc^ unb 
baa fdcflc hcljaltct. 



INTRODUCTION 



Kind* reader ; These lines approach thee in a 
modest^ and unpretending^ spirit. The writer is 
animated only by the desire^ of being useful to his 
immigrant countrymen, and to give them advice,5 
adapted,^ as he believes, to their circumstances. 
He bespeaks, therefore, his reader's indulgence"'' to 
the following imperfect lines, requesting him at 
the same time to examine the whole and retain^ 
the better part. 

1 gcnclflt, UcK — 2 tcfcl)cit)cn. — 3 nnfprucl)<?tc^. — 4 tct 
SBunfd), tia5 ^Scrlangcn.— 5 tct 9?at().— G ongcmcffcn/ cnt* 
fprcd)cnt),— 7 fcic 9'Jac()ficl)t.— 8 Oc()altcn. 



®tittal^ttini(j rttt (Binivattbevct* 



1 ^Bie i)erfd)iet)cn and) bie nrfad)cn iino (^rnnbc 
bc[d)a|fcu fi'nb, \vdd)c Vc\\tid)c bcftimmcn, and il)* 
rem ^atcrfaub aiu^^iniMUberu uiib nad) 5(nicnfa 
l)eriibcqufommcn : in bcm cincn 5L*unfd)e ftim^ 
men fte Sllle iibcrctn, l)icr frci nnh Qiiidiid) jn le^ 
ben. lliib in bcr ^baf, int'((cid)t fctn ^anb in bcr 
ilBclt bicict fiir ben rcuffduni allcr (Btanbc nnb ^^*c# 
beni^yevl)d(tniffe fo mannic]fad)e 0e{c(]cnl)eit bar, 
ba(b ju bicfem 3^^^^ S'^ O'^^^'^'^H^"/ ^^^ ^^^ ^evet> 
iti(]tcn ©taatcn i>on 5(mcvifa. 

(Jin (]voilcr Segcn cmvfanj^t jcbcn bcntfd)cn (ii\u 
ivanbcrcr, fobvitb cr \>k Stn\1c bicfe»o ^*anbcd bctritt: 
cr fomnit in cin frcici^ Vanb; frci i^cn bcm ITrucF 
bc^ I^cfpotii^mnii^, frci ihmi ^Viinfc,qicn nnb ^Dicno^ 
polcn, fici i>LMt bcr l^^|l: nncrfcl)tt.>in(3(id)cr Etcncrn 
unb ^(bo^'tf'^'iV fi'^i ^^^'" ©lanbcn^? nnb ^ciDijJcn^^ 
^tvang. 

5Jrci nnb nngei)inbert fann cin ^ctier rcifcn, n>o^ 
l)in cr miU nnb fid) nicbcrfajTcn, mo c^ ibm gcfaUt; 
fein ^ci^ mirb vcrlan(]t, fcine ^cli^d mi\d)t jTd) in 
fcine 5(n(3c(c(]cnbcitcn nnb bcmmt fcinc 5?cn>c^nn* 
Qcn, 35er il)m lic.qt bai^ ,qrof?c ?anb mit fcincn nn^ 
erfd)L>pf(id)cn .^iilfi^qncUcn: mit fcincm frnd)tbaren 
S5oben, mit fcincn crqicbi(]cn ^Qcincn, mit fcincm nn^ 
crmcf?(id)cn 9Tcid)t()nm an ^Vebnftcn, fomoM bc^ 
^flan^en? aU bc^ !ll)icrrcid)c?, \x>cid)e cr i)orI)er inm 



ADVICE TO IMMIGRANTS. 



^ However different may be the reasons which 
induce' Germans to leave their fatherland and come 
to America, yet they all agree- in one wish— to 
live here free and happy. And indeed perhaps^ no 
country in the world offers such various oppor- 
tunities^to fiicilitate^ the accomplishment of this 
purpose^ as the United States of America. 

A great blessing"'' meets® the German emigrant 
the moment he steps upon these shores:^ He 
comes into a free country ; free from the oppression 
of despotism, free from privileged orders and mono- 
polies, free from the pressure of intolerable'^ taxes 
and imposts, free from constraint'^ in matters of 
belief and conscience. 

Every one can travel, free and untrammelled,^^ 
whither'3 he will, and settle where he pleases. No 
passport is demanded, no police mingles in his af- 
fairs and hinders his movements.'* Before him lies 
the country, exhaustless'^ in its resources, with its 
fruitful soii,'^ its pit)ductive mines, its immense'*' 
products, both of the vegetable and animal king- 

1 Kvanlaffcn. — a uOoroinftimmcn. — 3 yidtcicbt. — 4 ^tc 
®c(cc<on(Hntin.— 5 orlcicbtcrn.— 6 ^cv Bmd, t'cix^ >i?crhn(H'n. 
7 ^cr (gc.icn.— 8 (H'aociuMi.— 9 Mc .^ afro.— 10 uncrtrJiadd). 
11 tor 3ivana.— 1'2 1^u'>cf^in^crt —13 ivcliin.— 14 Mc 2^oivc« 
Qungcn.— 15 inu'rfd)opf(icl).— 16 t)cc.^3ct)cn.— 17uncrmc(;'(i4 



8 

Zi^eii nod) nie 9efe()cu, mit feincit itn^dfjligen (Btah^ 
ten uub ^orfern, \r>oxin ®cn)crbfleig, ^aubcl uni) 
5BoI)01ant) b(iil)t. 

X^cn flei^i^en 5lcfcrdmaim latct bcr fernc 5Be|ten, 
ja ba^ (^anjc l^anb, cin, feincu (Ecl)eog ^u biird)fur^ 
d)en mtb bic (Ecl)alpe bcjydbcn ^u crnbten ; bcr ge* 
fd)icftc §anbu)crfLT iinb ^iinrtlcr finbet ol)ne lawQC^ 
8ud)cn faft iibcraK Untcrfnnft in ben (Etabten nnb 
anf bcm ?anbc; bcr @c(el)rte \\t rviiifommcn mit 
fcincn .ftVnntnijTcn, mcnn cr jTc nnr jnni^ICcl)(eber 
©cfettfd^aft an^u\v)cnbcn vcrRcl)r. 
^ 60 ^ai)ivc\d) inbcjycn bie .N^ilfi^qucdcn ^nb, bic 
biefc^ ^awt) barbictct nub fo grof? bic ?cid)rlc]fcit ijl, 
mit mcKlicr balJelbc im 5lUacmcincn cin [d)nc((e^ 
Untcrfcmmcn gcmabrf, fo ^al)lrcid) finb and) t)ie 
•Idnfdinngcn nnb (3cfd)citcvtcn .s^ojfnnngcn, bcncn fo 
Dicb: 5(n^tvanbcrcr anl)cimfaltcn. 

UBic mand)cr nnb gmar rcd)tfd)nffcnc, ijcn bm 
bcftcn ©rnnbfdlscn bcfccltc, 5lnou>anbcrcr trcinmt 
(let), cl)e er tia^ ^anb fcincr '^atcv Dcvldf^t, in ber 
iiencn ^Bc(t cin @(iicf jn finben, UH'(d]Ci^ ibm bie 
^Nii1(id)feit nie gcwdbrt; tvie mand)ci' cnhvirft 
uvihrenb bcr Uebcrfabrt ^Manc bcr ^^banta^(e, tie 
nie ^nr ^(n^fitbrnng fLMiimen; \m mand)er nnter^ 
nimmt bci fcincr 5(nfnnft rin(]c, tic ibn balb bittct 
(jercnen nnb an fcincDcrfeblte^^M'ftunmnn.q cvinncrn. 
5iid)t fcltcn ftnbcn u>ir ^Ini^umiibcrcr nacb eincm 
fitr^eren ober Idnqcren 5(nfcntbaltc,— ,5nu>cilcii fd)ou 
in ten crjlen Xa.qcn nad) ihrcr Slnfnnfr,— cnt{dnfd)t. 



dom, a portion of which he nas never before seen ; 
its countless cities and villages, where flourish in- 
dustry, commerce, and wealth. 

The industrious farmer is invited by the " Far 
West,"' even by the whole country, to farrow its 
bosom and reap its treasures. The skillful and 
active craftsman' and artist readily finds a liveli- 
hood in the country and the cities, with but little 
effort. The scholar is welcomed with his attain- 
ments,2 if he has only the ability to turn them to 
the benefit of society. 

- As immcrous, however, as are the resources 
which this country aflbrds, and as great as are the 
facilities with which it offers a ready support, yet 
numerous are the illusions^ and disappointed hopes, 
of which so many immigrants are the victims. 

How many honest and good principled immi- 
grants dream, before they leave the country of their 
fathers, that they shall find in the New World hap- 
piness which reality never furnishes -* how many 
visions of glory during the voyage fill their anxious 
hearts that they never realize ;5 how many a one 
on his arrival here, undertakes things which he soon 
repents of, and which remind him of the failure of 
his attempts. Frequently we see immigrants, after 
a shorter or longer sojourn, sometimes even during 
the first days after their arrival, disappointed,*' dis- 

1 ^cr .Noantivcvfvmann. — 2 Me .^iMintnifyo. — 3 Me Sum 
fd)!!!!^. — 4 c;civa(}vcn. — 5 s»cnvir{(icl)cn. — G p,ctaufcl)t. 



10 

t)oUer Miac^cix unb 53efd)merbei?, mit 5peimn)cl) he* 
\)C[ftct itnb DoII 2>er(an(}en „itad} ben g(cifrf)topfctt 
t)on @(jt)ptcu^' ^uriicf3iifcl)rcn. 3iT/ aKerbing^ i^ fiiv 
|Te 2(merifa (]{ctrf)fam cine ^IBilbernig, buret) \vcUi)c 
(Te ^u giel)cu I)a5en, bei)oi* fte in ta^ r/Selobte ?anb" 
gelancjcn. 

Uiib \v>ol)n biefe traiiricien (5Tfd)einun(3cn, biefc 
gcfd)citertcn ^iinfd^e nub .^offunncjen ? 

5(b(]efel)en Don (Ed)icffa(cu nub Uugliicfi^ fallen, 
tt)e(d)e anj^er bcm ^ercidje meufd)nd)cr 2Sorfid)t iicQen, 
ftnben ftc n)ol)l barin ibre ^'rftdniu(3, bag fo t)ie{c 
^inmanberer Don Dorn I) e vein iljvc nene 
^acjentdjt rid] tig anffaffcn nnbnid)t t)cn 
mntl), bic^raft nub ^•infid)t bcfi(>en, fid) 
biefer nenen l^age (^emcig ^n benel)men. 

^sor aUeui Dcrgid]te ber (viuiDaubcrer anf ben nn^* 
()litcflid)en ©ebanfen, burd) cin ftarre^ ^cjt^ 
I) a (ten an feinen friihcrcn ®c\Dol)ul)citen nnb' 
@el)rdnd)en , burd) n u b c it> c g I i d) e (3ici dy 
g ii ( t i g f c i t Qcoicw bic Sprad)e, ben ©ei(T, hie fof 
ciaien nub poIitifd)cn 2Serl)dltnijye biefcd Vaube^, 
f[d] fcin Unterfommen ju ericid)tern, feine ^iivQevf 
pflid)ten ^n erfiiKen nub fid) ein QlMiidje^ ^eben ju 
bereiten. 

3 5Ba^ s n e r ft unfer g o r t f o m m e n anbefan(jt, 
fo f[ub anr faft uberaK nub fa|l in atten gdtten anf 
bie ^riernnncj ber eu(jHfd)en ^Bprad)C an^ 
^cwiefen, nub dngern tie gortfd)ritte, weldje \m 



11 

couraged, full of lamentation and complaints, home- 
sick, and longing' to return again to the " fleshpots 
of Egypt." Indeed, America is to them a wilder- 
ness, through which they must pass before they 
can reach " the promised land." 

And whence these sad' experiences, these dis 
appointed hopes and wishes 1 

Looking away from those misfortunes and re- 
verses, which lie beyond^ the sphere of human fore- 
sight, they might perhaps be found in so many im- 
migrants not having a right conception of their new 
relations from the beginning, and in their not pos- 
sessing the courage, power, and capacity "^ to accom- 
modate themselves to their new condition. ^ 

Above all, the immigrant must renounce the 
pernicious'* idea, that he is to gain his livelihood, 
perform^ his duty,^ and promote his happiness, by 
an obstinate^ reliance on his German habits and cvs- 
toms, by an inflexible indifference'^ to the language,*^ 
the spirit, and the social and political character of 
this country. 

2 In the first place, as it concerns our means of 
living, we must, above and beyond all, rely 'upon a 
knowledge of the English language^ and the progress 
that we make therein'^ has the most impoitant and 

1 t^odnnc^cn, fid) fchnen. — 2 trauria. — 3 iiCuT, jcnfcit^!. 
4 bic ^ahicifcit.— 5 tic Snac— 6 inTt>cub(icl). — 7 crfiillcn.— 
8 bic ^fticbt. — 9 r)al'i)lflvvia,ftarr. — 10 V\i (5)tcicl)9utti9« 
fcit. — 11 t>ic ©prncl)C. — 12 bar in. 



12 

bavin mad)en, aitf t)ie 53c(}rinibim(3 luiforc^^ ^^oljU 
fla n be<^, fomie mifere^ ? e b e n i^ (j e n ii f f e ^, tm 
rt>id)tiafisn iinb crfiTiiI(d)|lcn (5 i n f ( a g. 

^ie c n n f d) e © p v a rf) e ifl- befaniitlid) bei 
ti)t'(tcm bie i)crhcrrfd)cnbc tii bicfcm l^^nbc nnb im 
pclitifd^cu uub Qcrid)tlid)cn i'cbcu bie alidn ge* 
braud)lid)c. ^iGcr fcin (5n(](ifd) i^crftcbt imb fpridjt, 
famt i>on feincn ^YinUiniJcu u»ib 5V4^"^{H'i]fcii-cn eft 
fcincn, ebcr luir cineii bcfdn'anftcn ©cbrand) ma? 
d]en. Der ?!mcrifancr i^crftcbt ilm nidu, nod) feme 
^iBiuifd)c nub 53cbiufiu|K\ nub cr foincrfcit'o Dcrftebt 
fciuen 5lmcrifana\ (Endit cr 5:J3cfd)afi:u]nu(3 bei 
5lmerifanern, fo faun cr jld) nid)t i>crftdnblid) ma^ 
d)cu. Seine .ftenntniffe nnb 5^-abi(]fciten jTnb ibm 
eiu tobtc^ jlapiral nnb i)on gcringcm 9inlpcn, fo 
ian(\c cr jTe nid)t be.qrctflid) jn mad)en nnb nmjn? 
tanfd)cn yerllcbt. (^n* b I e i b t c i n g r c ni b c r, 
mitten in bic\cm li^anbe; cin (iciiniTe^ 93iiFiranen cr^ 
fhiit ben '.Hrbcitiiebcr QCQcn einen IMcner, unldjcr 
feinc lEpradic ntdit i^erjlebt ; jcner meij^ nidjt, eb cr 
ful] anf biefen i^erKifi'cu faun, bcnn cr faun feineit 
^BerRaub nnb (5baraftcr nid]t(]cnan benrtheifen* dv 
^ VtJirb bcfiu^ct^en Iteber cinen fekten in feincn ^icnjl 
"^ net)meu, tvc(d>cm er \ld) frei nurthcifcn nnb mit M^cU 
d)cm cr nd) u>cd)felfcitt(] vcrftanblidi niad)cn fann. 
'ijtonntcn it>ir !^anfcnbc nnfcrcr l^1nbt^lcntc iibcr 
biefen fnnU befragen, fc iDurben 5lllc wic an6 
(5iucm 5[)2nnbe antm -^n: „(So (ant^c id) fcin 
Snglifd) feuutc, ging c{ m fd)(cd)t; id) fonntc 



13 

propitious^ influence upon our welfare. It is well 
known, that the English language is by far the 
widest-spread, and, in the political and judicial life, 
the only usual language in this country. Who- 
ever does not understand nor speak English, can 
make no use of his knowledge and abilities, or at 
the most, a very limited^ one. The American 
does not comprehend either his wants rr desires ; 
neither does he understand the American. If ho 
seeks employ ment^ of the Americans, he cannofc 
make himself understood. His knowledge and 
abih'ties are to him a dead principal, and of no use 
so long as he is unable to communicate his thoughts 
and to exchange them in English. He continues a 
stranger here^ his employer entertains a kind of 
suspicion"^ of him as long as he is unable to speak 
his language ; he does not know whether he can 
depend upon him, for he cannot appreciate^ his 
intellectual and moral worth. He will therefore 
rather take such a one into his service as he can 
freely converse with, and between whom and him- 
self there can be a mutual understanding. 

4 Could we hear the testimony^* of thousands of 
our countrymen upon this point, they would all 
unanimously''' answer ; " As long as I was ignorant 
of English, it went ill^ with me; I could get no em- 

1 crfcoutid). — 2 bcfcbranft. — 3 tic 23cfd)(5ftt3una, t»ie 
3(rbcit, — 4 ta^ 5)UptcQucn, — 5 njiirtigen. — 6 ta^ "3cu9« 
nip, — 7 cinj^immiQ. — 8 fc^lcd)t. 
2 



14 

itfd)t<^ anfangcn; id) foniUe fcincn '^iewft hehny 
wen, feiu ®cfd)dft treiben, id) tt>uvbc iud)t bemerft, 
imb gcnog wcnit] 5(d)tmi(], — fur^, id) fiiijltc mid) 
migUicHid) inib DcrlaJTcu. Cobalt) id) abcr cinnial 
^•ncjlifd) i)er|T:aiib uub fprcd}cu fointtc, ba ii>ar mir 
gcbolfeu ; id) bcfain ciueu .qiiteu VH>l)u, mciu (^3e^ 
fd)aft (^iwQ^ id) crl)ielt S3ciftaub ^ou ben 5lmerifa^ 
itevu,— fur^, c^ cffneteu (id) mir taufenb ^iBecje unb 
iQidf^queaeu be^ ©dicf^ nub be^ ^ol)I|lanb^, bis 
mix fviiber i)erfd)lo(Ten tDaren." 

SSebenfeu ivir bie ^Babrl)eit biefe^ (5rfal)nmc}(?;j 
falpc^, fo foUte feiu (^iuwauberer, ber e^^ u^abvhaft 
gut mit fid) felbjl meiut uub in fiir^e|ler 3eit feiue 
!^age ^u Dcrbejieru ^i?i'mfd)t, and) uur eiueu ^(ugeu^ 
blic! saubcvu, alk Wlittci uub ©elegcul)eireu ju be^ 
milieu, urn bie euqlifd)e (gprad)e , ciu uueutbe{)rU^ 
d)e^ 9J^ittet su biefem 3mecfe,i)crrtel}eu uub fprcd)en 
ju (erucu. 

3lber aud) hie 5hut el)mnd) f ei ten bei^ ge^ 
felligeu uub bie ^t e d) t e be^ biirgerlid)en xmh po^ 
Iitifd)en ?eben^, tDe(d)e ibm mit ber ^enutuig biefer 
(5prad)e ju Xl)ei( werben, foKten eiueu jeben @im 
njciuberer ermuutern, auf (^Tlernuug berfelben atten 
gleig nub atte iSorgfalt ^u ijerwenbeu. 
^ (5^ ift wabr, and)im Umgange mit ad)tbaren bent^ 
fd)eu Sanb^Ieuten fi3nuen wiv inx^ bier mand)e frol)c 
(Stuube bereiten ; and) ax\^ bentfd)eu S5iid)eru unb 
3eitnu(jeu fouueu mir S3e(el)rnn(j unb Unterbartuug 
fd)opfeu ;— aber jiub mx benu nun in ^entfdjtanb, 



15 

ployment, I was neglected, little esteemed ; in 
fine,' I felt unhappy and forlorn. But as soon as 

I became master of the language of my adopted 
country, my troubles^ ceased ; I got good wages, 
my undertakings were prospered, I received aids 
from Americans; in short, a thousand ways of 
happiness and prosperity were now opened to me 
which formerly were closed. 

If, then, we consider the truth of the above 
views, as they are confirmed by experience, no im- 
migrant who seeks his true interest, and wishes to 
improve"' his condition in the shortest possible 
time, ought to hesitate-^ for a moment in his en- 
deavors^ to become master of the English language 
as an indispensable means to that purpose. More- 
over, the comforts of social life and the civil and 
political rights in which we participate"'' in conse- 
quence^ of our knowledge of the language, ought 
to encourage us to employ all diligence and care 
in learning the same. 

^ It is true, we can enjoy many happy hours in 
associating with estimal>lo^ German brethren ; we 
can derive'^ instruction and entertainment" from 
German books and newspapers ; but are we in Ger- 
many, and are Germans the only people, in whom 

1 fur;,. — 2 bic !ii3in1cgonf)cit'Mi, (Serpen. — 3 Mc .'piKfo. — 
4 iH'rCu'iJcvn. — 5 ^aut>crn. — 6 SBcmifiiunc\cn. — 7 SI)cit 
nc{)nK'n. — 8 Mc ^dgc. — 9 ad)t&nr. — 10 aOlciUMV fc{)opfcn, 

II tic Unta-f}altiing. 



16 

imb ffub e^ benn nitrX;eutfd)e, urn tt>e(rf;e n)ir und 
l)ier ^u fiimmern I)abcn ? Icbcn n)ir nicl)t mit 5lnic^ 
rifaneru in lutmittelbarer, ta3licf)er Scriil)niuc], eft 
mit it)nen ^ufammcn in cincm unb bcmfclbcn ^>ani'e, 
iinb foUeu wiv 5(iigcn uub Dl)rcu ber (S'rlermuii] ci^ 
Iter vgprad^e ycrfdiliegen, \vclcl)e a He in nnd bie 
Sln^iibnng nnferer biir(3erlid)en nnb peliti|'d)en 
3f{cd)tc bci ^Bat)len nnb 3SerfannnInn,qcn ni043lid) 
niad)t, ciner (£pvad)e, in \vcld)cv tk Qqci^Qcbcntcn 
^orpcr nnb 2Scnr>a(tnn(]$>bcl)orbcn bicfed ^anbce? 
bci'atl)t'n nnb S5cfd)In(|'e fajjcn nnb in ii?t'Id)cr a tie 
2Ser!)anbh!n(jcn 'oox ©erid^t gcpfloj^cn ipcrbcn? 

3n bent iJoUen @cnnjye feinei:^ amcrifanifd)eu 
25iir9crred)t^ fann nnr 2)erjenige c^eknc^en, un1d)cr 
ta^ (5-n(}Iifd)e i>evflel)t nnb fprid)t, nnb fo langc mv 
fo meit nod) nid)t gcfonimen finb, (]cniegcn mv nid)t 
tie Qan^c grcil)cit nnb Unabt)dn(]igfeit, n?eld)e bicfci^ 
^anb m\^ anbietct, ftnb wiv (]Ietd)fam balbev I'cnt^ 
fdjer, balber Slinerifaner; fcine ved)tcn 5}entfd)en 
mel)iv wcii wiv ben ^Diittelpnnft be^ bentfdien ?e^ 
ben^/ X'entfd)[anb fclbjT, Derlajyen nnb hie politic 
fd)en 55anbe, tic nnd an ta^ aUe S>aterlanb a\u 
fniipften, anfgelof^t l)aben ; aber and) ncd) fcine 
red)ren Slmerifaner, u^eil wiv nnfcre biir|3er(id)en 
inib po(itifd)en 9?ed)te in ber (Sprad)e nid)t (^elrenb 
mad)en fonnen, in wcld)cv jTe andgcitbt wcvtcn 
wiilTen. 

^ a^ mag inbejjen i)ieUeid)t biergcgen eingen?enbet 
tverben, ta^ e^ einige ?dnber in ($*nropa gibt, wcU 



17 

we are now interested ? Do we not live in imme- 
diate' daily contact,- often together in one and 
the same house, with Americans? and should we 
close our eyes and ears to the acquirement of a lan- 
guage which alone enables^ us to exercise and 
enjoy our civil and political rights ; a language in 
which the legislative and judicial^ bodies of this 
country perform their functions ? 

That man alone can enjoy, to their full extent,* 
the rights of an American citizen, who understands 
and speaks English ; and as long as we do not ac- 
complish this, so long can we neither*^ appreciate 
nor enjoy the whole freedom and independence"'' 
which this land has in store^ for us. We are half 
Germans and half Americans, but no reaP Ger- 
mans any more ; for we live no more in the centre^^* 
of German life, and yet we have dissolved" the 
bands that bound us to the old fiUherland, and, at 
the same time also, we are not yet real Americans, 
because we are not able to enjoy our civil and po- 
litical rights, being ignorant of the language in 
which they are set forth. 

6 In opposition''^ to this, however, it may perhaps 
be urged, that there are some countries in Europe 



1 unnuttclbar. — -2 fcic ?.^cru()runc>,. — 3 Ocfaf)iccn. — 
4 ctcricl)tlid). — 5 tic ?ClK^^c()^ulna, tcr llmfanci. — 6 ivot>ct. 
7 Mo llnaOban^iCifcit. — 8 tcr ^Xu^rvntl}. — 9 ivivUid). — 
10 lev 5}?ittcliHintt. — 11 auflcKiu — 1^ fccr 6)fcicnfa^. 

2* 



^8 

^)c cl)cmal^ ju I)cutfd){anb 9cl)ortcn, luib \i\ wch 
d)cn, inigeaditct ticfc \fantcr sum 2:i)cil fcir Csat)r^ 
l)iinbcrteu ocn 2)ciufch(aut) Qctrcunt f(n^, tie teiit*^ 
fd)e (Eprad)e bi^ auf ticfeu ^cij^ tie V)erl)evvfd)cnt^ 
geblicben \]t ; ter ^(fa|j sum ^n'ifpieJ, tuddu-r i>or 
Swcihuutert 3^"il)veu vcu graufvcid) iu ^H'filp gc^ 
jiouimeu iDuvte ; ta*:^ ©rofjbersogrhum ^Jurcmlmrg, 
iveld)e^ jcl^t mit 5;^ollaub i>ereiuiijt ijl; tie A^ersog-- 
tl)iimei' .>>ol|leiu uub (gd)Ieilroi;.i, ubcr u>eld)e tcr 
^ouiti i)LMi I^ducmavf tic Dbevl)ol)ei(: in 5!nfpvud) 
jtimmt; tie fegeuauutcu Dftfeeproyiusen ^leflvuit, 
ituvlaut uut Ci-|l()Iviut, ubcr ipeid)e ge.cmyarticj 
ta^ alle^ vcrfd)Iiu,qentc 9fuf;iaut bcvrfdit, nut 
aud) tie flciue ^ufel 5:cli]|0iaut, \v>o jel)t tie briiti* 
fd)c ^Um^' a^ebt. 

(i6 i|i tval)r, taf? in aUeu tiefen uut ncd) in cinif 
geu autcrcu ^autftvid)eu ta^ ICcutfd)c — \v>cm\ c^S 
and) uid)t iu fciucr $Keiul)cit (^efprcd)eu wirt, - tie 
Uovbervfd)eute (Sprad)e (jebliebeu ill, uut stt>^iv (in^ 
b c m ©ruutc, weil ticfe tauter feit uralteu Seircu 
bcutfd) Wvircu iu 6itteu uut ©ebraud)cu. Vv: '^e^ 
iDobner tiefer ?autflrid)e fpred)cu il)rc 9Jiuttciv 
fprad)e auf ii)rcm e i g c u e u (SJruut uut 5?oteu/ 
ter an uufer SSaterlaut au.qrcusr, v»ou ujcldicm )Te 
getreuut iDUvtcu, uid)t iu golge mod)feIfeirii]er 3u fum^ 
wuug, fiMitcru tuvd) tiplomarifd)e ^Serbauthiu^eu, 
otcv turd) teu ^lui^gauq ti)ua|lifd)er MvicQc. ^ 

2)iefe tauter, iu ii3e(d)eu tic u u y e r m i f d) t c 
tcutfd)c 53coolfevuu(j uod) wonviecjt, (tut n)efcut(id)C 



19 

which formerly^ hclong(.d- to Germany, though^ 
partly ; cparated from her'^ for centuiics, -wbere 
the German language is still the prevailing^ one: 
Alsace, for instance, uhlch was tv»'o hundred years 
ago taken by the French ; the Grand Duchy of 
Luxemburg, which is now united to Holland ; ihe 
Duchy of Holstein and Schleswig, over which the 
King of Denmark now claims^ sovereignty ; the 
counties called the Eastern Sea provinces, Livimia, 
Kui-lnnd, and Esthland, over which the all-devour- 
ing~ Russia now rules,® and also the little island 
of Heligoland, where waves'^ the British flag. 

It is true, that in all these, and some other 
parts also, the German is still the prevailing lan- 
guage, though not spoken in its purity;'** but the 
reason" of this is, that these countries from the old- 
est time have been German in their customs'^^ and 
manners.i-"^ l^he inhabitants of these portions speak 
their mother-tongue upon their own soil,'"* border- 
ing''^ on om* Aitherland, from which they were di- 
vorced,'*' not by mutual agreement,'^ but either by 
diplomatic arrangements of peace, or the issue of 
dynastic struggles.'^ These countries, in which the 

1 cbomntj?. — 2 ccborcu. — 3 c6p(ctct). — 4 tf)cif»voiK. — 
5 lHn•(H'rv[cbcn^. — 6 iu?fnfvrucl) nofniicn. — 7 rcrfclidnrcn. 
8 fia-vKbon. — 9 ivclu'iu — 10 Mc J>Jcinf)iit.— 11 tcr (IJrunK 
12 Mc ©civc(Mi(>cttcn, Sitton. — 13 tic GieCruudH'. — Htcr 
S^ctnu — 15 anpvcii^cn. — 16 (cf^rcipcn. — 17 tic llctcrs 
cinftimnuino. — 18 tcv i^nmpf. 



20 

S5cjlanbt[)ci(c ijon ?!)?onard)icen gcworocn ; — tcnn 
granfreid), me c^ jcljt ift, faint feine D?epiib(if m 
f ij3cut(ic{)cu (Bhmc t}c6 ^'ort^ gcnannt »r>crbcn, — 
lint) bariu ift bie ^l)ci(nal)mc an offentlid)en 5inge# 
Iet]enl)eiten, fo n>ie bie ^In^iibnncj pelitifd)cr D^cd)te, 
entwebcr befd)rdnft, obcr DoUig nntr, tt)ie ;{nm S3cu 
fpicl in JKnglanb. S^im Zl)cii ai\^ bicfen ©rihiben, 
jnm ^l)cil an£^ .^a^ gcgen bic anf(3cbrnn(3cne 9ic# 
<}icrnn(}, I)dngt tk borticje nrfpriinglid) bcntfd)e 53e# 
Dclfcrnng ferttt)d()vcnb an il)rcr aitcix ?l)2nttcrfpra# 
d)e fcH. 

" 5!}^it obigcn 53emcrfnngcn iiberbit'5Bid)tigfcit cincr 
gviinblidKit (Jrlernnng bcr cn.qlifd)en <Eprad)c will 
bcr SScrfajTor feinedmcqd bic 9J2einun(] dn^cvn, a\^ 
ob fcine \.^anb(^(tnite anf il)re ?D2ntterfprad)c bier 'obU 
lij] ucr3id)ten m6d)tcn ; bicfe ifl Dic(nicl)r in ber Zi)at 
eiwc bcr mdd)ti(;flcn, rcid)jlcn nnb an^cjcbilbctflcn 
in bcr UBcIt ; jTc bat anf bic (Si^jilifation bcr 2Si)Ifcr 
ben gro^fcn (Jinflng an^.gciibr, l)at an<^gc^cid)nctc 
3Bcrfc ill ^rofa nnb ^)ocfic jn ^acje (]cf5rbcrt nnb 
Dcrbicnt bcgb^l^ fiwd) in tk)an \?anbc gebnbrenbc 
^>flc()c nnb S3cad)tnntv ^i^ S^'^'iO^^ ^i^ »ic(mcl)r : 
n>ie nnb anf wcid)c ^I5cife bcmcificrt ftd) bcr cin^j 
n^anbcrnbc ^cntfd)c fo fd)ncU al^ nioglid) bcr cng^ 
Iifd)cn <Sprad)c, nm bic bamit i)crbnnbcncn 3Sor^ 

I)ci(c in ibrcm gan^cn llmfaniic ^n ,qcnie^cn ? 

3nfofcrn bic pcrfonlid)cn SScrbdltnifiTc bcr (iin^ 
tt>anbcrcr fo fcbr wcrfd)icbcn nnb, (affcn fid) bicfcr^ 
tt)C(jcn blog allgcmcinc Oiatbfdjidgc crtl)ci(cn. 



21 

unmixed^ German population prevails, have W 
come essential parts of monarchies, (for France, 
as it now is, cannot properly be called a Repub- 
lic,) wherein the participation*^ of public affairs and 
the exercise of the privileges of political rights is 
but a limited one, and but a mere nullity, as in 
Russia for instance. Partly from these reasons, 
partly from hatred-' to the obtruding"* government, 
the original German population^ still adhere to 
their old language. 

^ Having said thus much upon the importance of 
obtaining a thorough** knowledge of the English 
language, the author by no means asks his coun- 
tryman to renounce entirely his mother tongue, 
which is in reality one of the most powerful, 
rich and refined in the world, and one which has 
exercised a wonderful influence in civilizing the 
people, and brought to light excellent works, both 
in prose and poetry, and therefore deserves also in 
this country due care and attention. But the ques- 
tion is: How and in what manner the German 
immigrant may in the shortest possible time be- 
come master of the English language, so that he 
can fully enjoy the benefits connected therewith? 

Inasmuch as the personal circumstances of im- 
migrants are so various, only general advice can 
be given. 

1 unvcrmifcbt. — 2 Mc SfuMtnabnu'. — 3 tor .^^op — 
4 aufjivhu3cn. — 5 tic SScretf-crunc. — 6 svunMid)/ 



22 

gen (a (Ten : 

!(?(ebcr 5(nF')inmnir3, ernvcife jehe ©eleven ()eit-, bte 
Jid) t)ii* barbictet, ober Dielntcl)r, f n d) e j c b c © e* 
i e (] e n I) e i r a n f, bcin Dl)r, bcin ©cbdd)tnlg nnb 
betnc (Sprad)organe mtt ben ^onen, ^Sorten nnb 
ber 5ln^fprad)e be^ (^-ncjlifdjen Dertrant gn mad)en. 

X^a fa]t ein jcber ber.rfd)e (^iuwanberer fiir ben 
5lnfani3 in eincm bcntfd)cn ^toftbaiijemebnt, — nnb 
bie^ fd)eint allcrbingc^ an6 mand)en ®ntnben ten 
SSoqng sn Derbicncn, — fo \va{)ic ev i)or^ug(id) ein 
fo(d)ei^ an(^, wo ber ^Birtb mit ber en(](ifd)cn Spra^ 
d)c i^crtraut i|l, nnb bicfcr ^virb, ohne Bi^^^if^'^/ ^'aif fcin 
^Tfud)en, t)k ©efalliijfeit bvibcn, ibn mit niand)en 
cni]lifd)en *ili>in*ton nnb DJebem^avten bcfannt ^n ma^ 
d)en nnb ibm tic Yid)t\(\c 5ln^>fpvad)c ber ^IBerter ciiu 
(jcbcn, tpc(d)c er in feiner ©rammatif nnb in [ei^ 
ncr Samnilnng uen ©cfprcidicn ijorfinbet. 

S^enn ber ^ejTl^ einer en(]lifd)en ©rammatif nnb 
cinei^ ^efcbnd)'^ ill: ein nnentbel)rlid)eii (J-rfcrbernig 
jnm ^Vl)nf einer fd}ne((ercn nnb (]rnnblid)cren ^v^ 
leriinnji bicfer ©prad)c, befonberi? fiirX'enjenic^en 
ber, mc tic nieijlen (5inu>anberer, ^enbtbii^t ift^ fein 
et:]ener ?ebrer sn fein. I^ie niUilidjften nnb am 
mciitcn Derbreiteten 23iid)er ber 5lrt, njeld)c ber Ser^ 
fajTer fennt, finb: 

Tl5 i3 r t e r b li d) e v \)o\\ % ^. Oeblfd^ldger, ^hi^ 
rabclpbia, bci 2ob. ^Geif, $ 1 ; — i>on ^. % Mm\\\ 
S^avvi^bnvci, bei ?n|j nnb 8d)ejfer, $1J; — i?ou 



23 

® The following may generally Idc said : 
Dear fellow-countryman, seize' every opportu- 
nity that offers itself, or rather 8eeh after opportu- 
nities, to familiarize thy ear, memory ,2 and organs 
of speech, with the intonation,^ words, and pro- 
nunciation'* of the English language. 

As nearly every German immigrant takes 
lodgings at first in a German boarding-house, (and 
indeed this seems to be preferable, for many reasons) 
he should choose especially^ such a one, in which 
the landlord is familiar** with English, and he 
will doubtless"'' have the kindness,^ if he ask it, 
to make him acquainted^ with many English words 
and phrases, and teach him the right pronuncia- 
tion of the words, which he will find in his gram- 
mar and collection of colloquial phrases. For the 
possession of a grammar and exercises is indis- 
pensably'*^ necessary, for the purpose of learning the 
language more rapidly and correctly, to those who 
are obliged, as the most immigrants are, to be their 
own teachers. 

The most useful books for immigrants are : 
German and English Dictionaries of I. C. Oehl- 
schlaeger, Philadelphia, (John Wei k,) $1 ; of P. I. 
Kunst, Lutz & Scheffer, Harrisburg, $1.50 ; of Wm. 

1 crc^rctfcn. — 2 t»a»o ®ct)a({)tnit\ — 3 Mc a?ctcnun.q. — 
4 bic 7(iir>fpvact)c. — 5 ycvnc()m(i(!). — G iH'ttraur. — 7 cf)n« 
3njcifc(. — 8 tic ®utc. — 9 ftcfamU. — • 10 unumganglid). 



24 

?K. £Dbel( dimU, 5^tni?^?)orF, bci ©ebritber 9Sej!er^ 
maun, ll| ; — Don DKcnbcvf, 3^i\'nv'2)orf, $ I. 

® r a mm a t i f c n t)ou ''Prcf. ill). ^. 53ri)an, 
Sfiew^gorf^ bei ^'od) it. ^omp. 62^ (Stii. ; — tJint 
^i'. 3ol). Sran^ 5lvnclb, ^>[)ilabc{pl)ia, bci 3ol)anu 
^t'if; $1 ; — i^cn grictrid) 5faiid)fiif?, 9^mv?}orf, 
62} (5r^. iinb ®. Dan bcu ^cr(}, i^imbiirg bci (gd)it# 
bart It. (5omp,, 62l (St^. 

^ ( m c t f d) e iv bcr flci'nc, grogcrc iiub cjrepe, 
bet 'iB. dla^f Tim 2)orf. 12^, 25 luib 87! (Iciitd, 
bercii 5lnfd)a|tiH!0 gregcu Siiil^eu brin^t unb mit 
dlcd)t cmpfol)[cu tDcrbcn faun. 

3^a^ ?cfeu (eidjter cui3(ifd)er S3i'id)er, Doniamltd) 
<Bd)ulbud)eiv fo wie bcr 55ibef, bringt unbercd)cu:« 
bareu 25ortl)ci(, (cl^tcre^ ^nd) n(d)t mir in biefcr, 
fonberu in cincr nod) mcit un'd)tigcren 33rgiLi)un(j, 
turd) Srl)ebnng unfcrcr ©cbanfcn auf &ott, dim 
\}ovttcfflid)c 2hii5gabe "oe^ nencn !^cftamcnt» in beif 
ben ®prad)cn, mit ^wei (Spalfen auf jcbcr Scite, 
bie cine cuglifd), bte aubcre beutfd), i]t i)eu bcr amc^ 
rifauifd)cn ^ibc((3cfe({fd)aft in gjcw^-govf im 3al)r 
1849 vcrauj^altct worbcu unb $u fcl)r biKi^cu ^vci^ 
fen ^11 l)abcn. 2)cr SScrfajTcr bicfer 3ci(cn gejlcljt, 
ba^ cr bcm 3Scrgleid)cn bcr bcibcn ^crtc fcl)r Did 
ju ucrbaufen l)at nub bierburd) ^ncx{t auf ben ©e^ 
banfeu ge[eitet vt>urbe, and) bicfcm 2Serfud)e bie 
cn9(ifd)e Ucbcrfclinug bci^ufiigcn, tdcii cr befftc, ha^ 
bnrd) bcm cinen obcr bem auberen feiucr ?cfer in 
JBc^ug auf ba^ ^rlcrneu bcr entjiifdjen ©prad^e ei^ 
itcit 2^ienft iu (eiftcu. 



25 

Odell Ehvell, N.Y.,Westermann& Brothers, $1.50. 
English Grammars of Dr. John Yr. Arnold, Phila- 
delphia, John Weik ; New-York, Wm. Eadde, $1 ; 
of Prof. T. B. Bryan, New-Yoi k, Koch & Co., 624c ; 
of G. van den Berg, 62j}c. ; Inteiyreier, published 
by Wm. Radde in a small, larger, and largest size, 
12i, 25 and 37Jc. ; of Frederick Rauchfuss, 62^c. 
The possession of which is of vast importance, and 
Germans are hereby most earnestly requested^ to 
obtain them. The reading of easy^ English books, 
especially-^ school books and the Bible, is of in- 
calculable benefit, the latter not only^ for the 
purposes of learning, but also^ for the infinitely6 
higher purpose of turning our hearts to God. An 
excellent edition''' of the New Testament, with tw^o 
columns on each^ P'lge,^ one in German, the other 
in English, was published by the American Bible 
Society in 1849, and is to be had at a very low^* 
price. The writer himself confesses^^ that he is very 
much indebted*^ f^^ his progress in the English 
to his exercises in comparing'^ the two texts, and 
he was accordingly^^ induced to add to this essay 
an English translation, hoping that he might per- 
haps, by so doing, furnish a new facility to his read- 
ers for the accomplishment of this end. 

1 niaf)ncn, crfud)cn. — 2 tcicl)t. — 3 rcrnc^mlid). — 4 nid)t 
oUcin. — 5 fcntcvn and). — 6 uncnt(icl}. — 7 tic 2ru?9at)C 
8icbcr. — 9 tiic <Scito. — 10 nictrio. — 11 9c|tcf)cn. — 
12 fc^ultiig fcin. -- 13 v>crglcicl)cn. — 14 in St'SC bcffcn. 
3 



26 

^ Shigcrbcm hietcn fict) bem mi0bcgieri(]cn <Bd)nf 
lev taiifeiit)facl)e ©clccjcuhcitcii bar, hen llmfani| 
feiner jlcnutuiffe tm ^uj^lifctjcn ju crmcitcrn. 
5(ufmcrffame^ 3«l)»^^f« «»f ^i^ ®efprad)c, fovt>ol)l 
ber ^n»ad)feuen, a(^ bcr ^inber, — lel^tere (Tub 
ibrcr cinfarf)cii, iiaturlid)eu (Sprcd)n:)ctfe vpcgcit itnb 
ttjeil fi'e il)ve 5Govte niit cntfprcd)eubeit Scmc(3un^ 
gen imb ©cbcrbcu ju bcgfciteii pflcgen, bcfonber^ 
leid)t ^n uerjT:cl)en ; — Uebmi(}cn itnb immentlid? 
gegcnfeitigci^ Ucberl)orcn mit anbcrn (Ed)u(ern ; 35e^ 
fiid) i)ou olfeutltd)eu Sdiftioneu (mobei cr jTd) je^ 
bod) cbcu fo fel)r i)or bem 5[Ritbtctcn, al^ ^ov Xa^ 
fd)cnbieben in 3(d) t ^u nehmeit l)at); ^{)ei(nal)mc 
an belt o|fcnt(id)eu @erid)t^»erl)aubhut3en, tvo^ii 
ciu jeber freieu Sntritt l)at; an Scrfanimhtngen, 
\\>cid)e hc^ 5lbenb^ Qcljalten ^n ti^erbcn pflcgcn ; am 
cnglifd)cn ©ottc^bi'enjl-, wofcrn bteg feinc fonjiigcn 
rcligiofen SScrpflidjtnncjen, cber feinc Ucber^encjnng 
edanbcn:— bicg aUc^ bringt il)m grogcn ®ctt)inn ; 
e^ bei'eid)ert feinen SSerj^anb in mand)er ^e^iebnng 
mit niililid)en jtcnntniflen nnb fiiljxt iljn ber 23er^ 
n)irf(id)nng feiner ^iin(d)e fd)nel( entgegen. Uebnn^ 
gen im Ueberfel^en, fon)ol)l on^ bem X?entfd)en in*^ 
@n9lifd)e, al^ nmgefel)rt, ffnb cbenfaK^ won grogem 
3finl)en ; ffe erweitern nid)t nnr feine @prad)fennt^ 
niffe, fonbern and) bie A'rafte feine^ SSer|Ianbe^» 
»<>grei(id) mirb er 5(nfang^ nnr ten geringf!en 
Z{)eil uon bem t)erjleben, tt>a(J er f)ort imb Tie^t, 
aber barnm uerliere er ten ^Jlnti) nidjU Tiad) unb 



27 

^ Moreover/ a thousand opportunities offer them- 
selves to him who seeks, by every means, to enlarge 
his stock^ of English ; such as attentive listening* 
to conversation, especially of little children, whose 
diction is so plain,'* natural and ingenuous,^ accom- 
panied, as it always is, by free and natural ges- 
tures ; exercises in mutually repeating phrases with 
those that are learning with you ; attendance^ at 
public auctions, where he must look out for pick- 
pockets, and should also refrain"^ from bidding; 
attendance at the courts, where every one has a 
free admission ; attendance at the various public 
meetings, also at religious meetings, if it is in ac- 
cordance^ with his other religious engagements, 
and not repugnant^ to his conscience ;'" all of which 
are yery conducive to his welfare. It tends to store 
his mind with knowledge, and is of aid to him in 
other important particulars ; and leads him on ra- 
pidly to the accomplishment of his wishes. 

Exercises also in translating from the German 
into English, and vice versa^ (in which newspapers 
offer a good opportunity,) are of great utility, not 
only by enlarging his knowledge of the language, 
but also in strengthening his intellect. 

10 It is true, that he understands at first only a 
small part of what he hears and reads ; but he must 

1 ?(uC•cr^cm. — 2 ^2?cvrntr}. — 3 ^uf)crcn. — 4 cinfod).— 
5 unccfiinilv'tt. — 6 S^cfiut. — 7 fief) cnthaltcn. — 8 ^tc lies 
6crcin[timmung. — 9 witcrflvcitcnt). -- 10 tag ©ctvi|Tcn. 



28 

md) wirb fciit Dbr mib fein ®et)dd)tuig immer »cr^ 
tranter mit ben 5Borteit unb — U c b u n g m a d) t 
ben 5[^ e i jl e r, «)ie ba^ (5prid)Wort fagt* (5r be^ 
Ijer^igc bie $Borte ®otl)c'^ : 

„^ri[ct)Cf ?}iut{), gutc 3wcc!c, 
9iun, man fcmmt fd)cu cine (Sttcc!c/' 

©clbjt auf bcr ©tra^^e finbct ber aufmerffamc 
©d)iUcr @e(egcnl)cit ju (erucu. ^r bctvacfjtet ^itm 
SBeifpiclc bie ycrfd)iebeneu 2litdl)ange[d)i(ber an ben 
gdbcn, bevcn (Einn il)m mcil^cn^ bnrd) hk habci be^ 
finblid)en ^mbfeme, ober bnvd) t}ic an^gele^qten 
5Saaren entsijft-'rt wivh ; er nterft jTd) bie "Dfiamen 
ber ©tragen, n)e(d)c getvobnlid) an ben ©tra^^en^s 
cden an(]efd)ricbcn jTnb; er fd)drft l}ierbnrd) fein 
Gkbdd)tnig nnb genu>l)nt Dl)r nnb S^wqc an bie 
^nffaffnnij nnb 2(n(^fprad)e eng(ifd)er 5Berter. 

f&ci aliem biefem yerfdnme ber ^Ut^wanberer 
jtid)t, (Td) ciw 9^;otisbiid)e(d)en s" Wtcw, morm 
er jTd) ein^elne englifdje ^iGorter nnb fleine 9?ebe:* 
fat^e, bie er gel)ort l)at, anf^eid^ne nnb \v>cid)c er 
fleigig iiberlefe nnb repetire. 9^otirt er i\d) bed Za^ 
ged nnr '^c\)\\ nene Sorter (meld)e jlleinigfeit !), 
fo bat er nad) SSerlanf eined Sabrei^ in feinem il^opfe 
cin yjJagajin uon 3,650 Mortem, 2BeId)er bebeu* 
tenbe (gprad)fd)al3 ! 

11 ^in anbered gan^ i3ortreffIid)fd 5D?ittel s«v (5r^ 
tt?erbnn(3 eng(ifd)er (Eprad)fenntnijTe ijerbient je^ 
bed) nod) befonbere (^rwdbnnncj. t^ieg finb bie 
cn9lifd)en eonntagdfd)n(en fiir 2^entfd)e, n)e(d)e in 



29 

not, on this account, lose his courage. By and by 
his ear will become more and more familiar with 
the sounds of words, and his memory more accus- 
tomed to retain them. 

Remember the old adage — "Practice makes 
perfect." And, as Goethe says, 

♦' Fresh courage take, 
Good purposes have, 
Then all is well, 
And you move sweetly on." 

Even in the streets the attentive scholar finds 
an opportunity to learn. He, for instance, notices 
the signs on the shops, whose signification mostly 
is explained to him by the emblems around and 
the wares that are exposed ; he retains in his me- 
mory the names of the streets, which are usually 
on buildings, at the corners. This practice will 
sharpen his memory and accustom his ear, by re- 
minding him of the sound, to the distinction of 
English words. 

Besides all this, the immigrant should not ne- 
glect to keep a little blank-book, in which lo rote 
down single English words and shoit paragraphs, 
which he should often read over. If he notes, for 
instance, but ten words a day, (a mere trifle,) in 
the course of a year he has in his head a magazine 
of three thousand six hundred and fifty words, a 
considerable treasure indeed. 
*^ Another very excellent means of acquiring the 



30 

Dieleu ©egcuben bcr Uiulmi, \do fid) ^cutfitc auf^ 
Ijalteu, crricl)tct fi'iib. .v>icriu cjcnicpcn 1^clttfd)c 
Don bciberlci ®cfd)Icc{)t, '^nwQc \\nt> C^rwadifcuc 
imb Don Derfd)tcbcncn (SonfcfjToncn, iincnt(^elrlid)cn 
Untcrrid)t im 53ud)|labiren, ^cfcn, (gd)rcibou nub 
^pred)eit, fiir^, in 5(I(cm, wa^ ^\\v (Jrlermin.q bcr 
en9(ifd)en ^pvad)e bient. Ter S^^crfaJTer fcnnt au^ 
eigcncr @rfal)nin(^ ben (^rogcn ^lUl^n fD(d)ev 5ln^ 
(Italten, ba cr wal)vcnb feinc^ ^lnfcntl)a(te^ im \v>c]h 
lid)en ^l)cil bct^ ©taat^ 5?en) ^ 9)orf cine fo(d)e 
befndite. (It fd)amtc jTd) nid^t a[6 cin ®ci|l(id)cr 
untcr jnngen S3nifd)en ^n jTtUMt, anfvinc]^^ mit bom 
5i^(5?bndv nad)bcr mit bev 53ibc( in bcr .N^inb nnb 
er wivh flet^ bic 50tanncr foflnen, ivcUl)e ihm ^nr 
58cf6rbcrnn(] fcincv ^cnntnijfc nnb feinc^ ^iGobler^ 
Qcl)c\\6 fo biilfrcid) bie Syiwh beten. giirmabr, ber 
rcgc(mdgic]e 55cfnd) bcv (Sonnta,q^fd)n[cn fann bon 
bcntfd)cn ^inivanbcrcrn, mannlidicn nnbweibiid)iMi 
^erfoncn, 3nn(]cn nnb (^Twad^ fen en, nid)t u>ann 
genng cmpfoblen wcrben* X^nrd) bai^ 58anb ber 
Sanfbarfeit mit feinem amerifanifd)cn fuehrer v^cvf 
mxQt, flarft bierbnvd) ber bentfd^e 5tnfomm(ing 
feine 5(nhan(ilid)feit an feine nene .^eimarh nnb aw 
ben (3ci^, ber barin wnltet nnb watten foU, iuv\u 
lid) ben @ei)l trencn ^i5ol)lwoI(en^ nnb med)fe(fci-i* 
gen 3ufimmenii>irfeni1 ^nr Q3t'forbernn.ti ber o|fi-nt^ 
Iid)en nnb priwat(id)on '•IBohfrabrt ; tUf, Ml ror 
(53cift bei^ u>abren ^iepnb(ifanic?mni^, fo \m ber t ;3 
(5l)ri|lentl)nm^. 



31 

language deserves a particular notice: I refer to 
the English Sunday-schools for Germans, which are 
established in many places where Geimans reside. 
In these, Germans of both sexes, young and old, 
and of different religious denominations, enjoy a 
gratuitous instruction in spelling, reading, writing 
and speaking; and, in short, all things that tend to 
promote their advancement in the English lan- 
guage. The author knows, by his own expeiience, 
the great benefit of these establishments, having at- 
tended une of them in Westein New-York during 
his stay there. He felt not ashamed, although a 
clergyman, to take his seat with young men, first 
with the spelling-book in his hand, afterwards the 
Bible; and he will always owe a debt of gratitude 
to those who so kindly, friendly, and affectionate- 
ly offered their services to promote his knowledge 
and happiness. 

Indeed, the regular attendance at Sunday-schools 
cannot be too warmly recommended to German 
immigrants, both males and females, young and 
old. United by the ties of gratitude, the German 
stranger hereby strengthens his attachment to his 
pecond home; and the spirit that prevails there, and 
ought to prevail, the spirit of true benevolence and 
mutual concurrence in promoting the public and 
private welfare, which is the spirit of true Repub- 
licanism, and of Christianity too, he will find also 
to be strengthened in him. 



32 



»2 35on ber ()cd)ilen 5Bicf)ti,qfeit nnb eine cigeitt(icf)e 
?ebene5fragc ijl ec^ fiir jeten ^iini:)anbcrcr, iint) ^anb 
in .'g^anb mit tern <Stubium ber cngfifd^cn (gprad)c 
gel}t e^, bag er fobalb a(^ moglirf) cine feincn Stvaf* 
ten unb gdf^icjfeiten ancjeniejyene 53efcl)afti(]uii9 cr^ 
ijalte. 

^}ivbcit ijl cine anbere ©ruiibbe* 
bingujtg fciiie^ ® (iicf ^. 

9^id)t immcr abcr ifl ci;^ moglici), bie friit)ere ?e< 
ben^bcfd^dftigung fert^ubaltcn, namcntlid) fiir fe(d]e, 
n?clrf)e in ^ciitfd)Ianb ben gebtlbetercn (Etdnbeu 
an9e()orten. ^a^S fcllen nnn biefe 5lUe tbnn? 
„? e r n e bid) f e ( b ft f e n n c n", fprad) einft eiii 
dScifer be^ 5((tertl)nm(^, ba^ ()eij5t, foivohC beine 
^^abigfeiten nnb ^enntniflfe, al^ and) beine ^JidngeC 
unb CS5ebred)en, bamit bn \?en beinen ®aben einen 
it>eifen ©ebrand) gu mad)en nnb ^l)orl)eiten ^n ticvf 
nteiben Ierne|>. 

3a, in nn^ felbjl kbt nnfer (SUiicf, unter bent 
SSeiftanb nnb (^egen bec^ aUnidd)tigen ®otte^. „S}\if 
bir felbft" fa(]t tci^ amerifanifd)c (Eprid)tvert nnb 
®ott n)irb bir belfen. 

©0 mand)er (Einwanberer aber febit bann , bag 
er ZciQc, ja UBed)cn iawc^ ^njTeht nnb niitrlcnt>eilc 
fein fofibare^ ©elb nnb fcine nod) feRbarcre ^dt 
tjerqcnbel:, inbcm er vnbi.q n\irrc(-, biii ibm ^er 3ii* 
faU irgenb cin „Q)(iicP' in tie S^^anl'c fiihve. 



33 



II 

12 It is of the highest importance for every immi- 
grant, and the very means of his livelihood, going 
hand and hand with the study of (he English lan- 
guage, that he finds, as soon as possible, an occupa- 
tion' adapted to his powers and abilities.' Labor 
is a principal condition of his happiness, but it is 
not always possible for him to adhere'^ to his for- 
mer occupation, especially for those who were 
numbered in Germany among the more educated* 
classes. What now must all these do ? " Know 
thyselj] thy talents and attainments, as well as thy 
faults^ and errors,"^ said a Avise man of old: in or- 
der that thou mayest be able^ to make a wise use 
of thy gifts,* and avoid folly, may be added. Yes, 
in ourselves lives our happiness, under the assist- 
ance and blessing of Almighty^ God. 

" Help yourself," is the American proverb, and 
God will help you. 

But the mistake^*' of many an immigrant is, that 
he waits for days, even weeks, spending^' in the 
mean while his precious^^ money* and his still more 
precious time, quietly^'' waiting until some favora- 

1 btc JBcfc{)afti9uno. — 2 &ic (5n'[cl)idf(ic()Foit, ^af)ic,fctt.— 
3 fln()an9cn. — 4 9cM(t>ct, — 5 ^iT ^chlov. — 6 ^cr 3'rr« 
tf)um. — 7 fv'if)to. — 8 Mc (5)fl(>o. — 9 aUmuchtio. — 10 tct 
Srvt()um. — 11 lUU'gcOv'n. — 13 fcfrlmr. — 13 xwino. 



@^ ijl frf)on oft gefagt worben nnb ber SSerfajTcr, 
— ber nid)(: fowol)( baraiif au^.qebf, mcl g^cuci^ ^ii 
fageu, n((^ t)telmel)r aitc ^JB a I) r b c i t c n bcncu 
an ba^ .pcr^ ^u Ie(jen, tt)e(rf)e baran^ 3iut3en gicbcn 
foitneu nub wo Hen, — fann c^ nid)t crnjllid) QCf 
nit^ n)ieberl)olen, baf? berjenicjc fTcf) friil)cr ober fpci:* 
ter bitter getaufcbt ftnben mirb, ber ^a gfaiibt, l)ter 
ein ?anb, wo 5[)?ilrf) unb 5?oni(j fliegt, ein ^{borabo, 
ober golbeue S3crge, an^ntrejfcn ; ober, nut anberen 
5Borten, ber ba wdl)nt, obne 9^erf)tfd)affenbeit nnb 
eine wobIgeorbnete,t)er|ldnbige Zi)atiQUit fein ©litcf 
fiir tic ^aner grimben ^n fonnen. 
i3T;cr (Jinwanberer Ijat jTd) wdbrenb feinci? 5(iif=^ 
entbalt^ im ^ojlb^n^ batJor sn l)iitcn, ta^ er jenem 
SSanern in ber gabel gleid)c, ber in tie (Btabt gcben 
wollte, nnb ta er an bem Ufer einec^ %in^c^ anfam, 
itber ben er bini'iber mn^te, bi^ ^nm fpdfcn 5lbenbe 
wartete, bi^ fTd) ta^ gaffer kjerlanfcn I)aben wiirbe. 
Siber bie 3Bette 
„ftcomt unb iDivb )1ct5 flromcn ()innt) tni» an'^ (Sntc ber 

3a, batb wirb and) er am dnhc feiner ^I^age jlebcn, 
obne feinem ^ick ndl)er gefonimen ^n fein, wenn er, 
tt)ie biefer tborid)te ?anbmann, i?erfdnmt, 5;^anb an 
ba^ 50erf ^n (egen, ijorwdil^ ^n gebcn nnb bie man:? 
nigfad)en j^inbernijTe gn befeiticjen, xvctdjc anf bem 
^ege feine^ ?eben^ ibm entfle(}entreten 

din planfofe^, nnDerniinftic^e^ .Oeriiberfommcn 
trdgt fd)on fogleid) bet ber Slnfnnft feine bittcren 



35 

ble accident^ comes to his relief. It has been often 
said, — but the author, not desirous'^ of saying any 
new things, but rather M'armly to recommend old 
truths to the hearts of those ^vho may be benefited 
by them, begs'* leave^ to repeat it — that that man 
must be the victim of his illusions, sooner or later, 
who believes he shall find here an Eldorado — gol- 
den mountains — or seeks to promote his lasting*^ 
happiness without® honesty' and a well-guided,* 
judicious" activity. 

^^ The immigrant, during his stay in his boarding 
house,shoiiIdnotimitate the foolish peasant^" in the 
fable, who, as he was going to the city, arriving at 
the bank'^ of a river which he had to pass, waited 
till the water might ccase^^ flowing.''* But "the 
waves"" did run and will run perpetually,'® to the 
end of time.'®*" 

A planless and unprincipled intention, in com- 
ing to this country, bears''' its bitter fruits on the 
very day of arrival, and the longer the immigrant 
stays'Svithout a regular, useful'^ employ men t,'^" the 

* " Labitur, et labetur iu omnc volubilis aevum." 

1 Snfoll. — 2 fcf)nfa(t)ti9 njunfd)cnt>. — 3 Mttcn. — 4 bU 
6r(aiiOni|i. — 5 l)aucr()nft. — 6 c()nc. — 7 fcic <Kcd)tfcl)flfs 
fcn()cit. — 8 ivofjlQflcitct. — 9 rcrflanbtg, — 10 S^nuiT.— 
11 l»a5 Ufcv. — 12 auf(}orcn. — 13 flic^cn. — 14 tic 5Sds 
Icn. — 15 6cflant)ic^. — 16 bic 3cit. — 17 trngcn. — 18 ji<^ 
«uff)attcn. — 19 nu^tict), — 20 btc 93cfcl)cifti9un3. 



36 

gruc{)te, unb je (ditgcr ber ^inn)ant)ercr ol)ne rc^ 
gelmagige uiib nulplid)e S3cfd)aftigiin(3 bicibt, bejio 
incl)r ftcigt feinc 2Ser(c(3cn()cit, fein yDiUtI) ntmmt ab, 
fein ®elb bef^(){cict)en iinb „^II? it f f i g (] an g i ft a l^ 
lev ^ a ft e r 3( u f a n g," fagt ba^ Spriid)Wort. 
*'^5)ie crftc ^)fnd)t eine^ ^ur(3er^ tft 
5Ir be it; fie bringt (5l)ve uitb ©e\i?iini. (Eie ijl 
cine Ductie l)aiu^lid)cn (^liicF^ iiiib poliri[ct)ev ^^ol)(^ 
fal)rt ; ber ©runbpfeiler im !^cnipel ber Diepublif, 
t^or^it.qiirf) menu btc llugcnbcn ber ©emiafamfeit 
iiub ^jjidf igfcit bamit Devbunbeu finb. ^ii>o feine 
Strbcir ift, M leibet ber ^vcblftanb imb cerfaKeit bic 
©irten; unb be§n)egen foUte 9(iemaiib befd)dfti^ 
gun(}i>lo«^ ober miigig fein, mit Sdi^nabme ber @e* 
bred)(id)en unb jlranfen, obev berer, tic an 5(Iter^^ 
fd)wdd)e leiben. %if ta6 el)nviirbi.9e 5Uter ma(j bie 
gnidue jugeublid^er unb uidnnlid^cr 5traftanftreu^ 
gung m n^urbii^er iKube genieijen. 5lber wcv uur 
irgenb arbcitofdbig tfl:, fellre ivirfen unb ©ute^ 
tbnu „fo (ange e^^ ZaQ ill:; e^ fonnnt bie yiadjt, ta 
5>tiemanb n?irfen faun." (3ob. 9, 4.) „(Biebc auf 
ta^ 5lnir, ta^ ti\ enipfanc^eu baft t^on bem ^;^errn, 
ta^ tn baffelbe au^rid)teft." ((^ieloffer 4, 17.) „d\m 
get barnad), ba^ ibr ftille fcib unb ta^ Hiwc id)aff 
fet, unb arbeitet mit euren eigeneu j^dnben, anf bag 
tl)r el)rbarlid) waubcit unb feine^ bebiirfet." (1 
Ji;i)ejy. 4, 11. 12.) „^o man arbeitet, ba ift gcnug, 
tt)o man aber mit^iBorten umgel)et, ba ift 5[J?angeI." 
C©priid)e (Salomo*^ 14, 23.) „^er axhcim, bem 



37 

more he feels embarrassed/ his energy'^ failing, and 
his purse too; and "idleness^ is the beginning of 
all vices," ^ as the proverb says. 

^* The first duty of a citizen is to labor; and this 
brings honor and reward.*^ It is a source of do- 
mestic happiness and political welfare, the main 
pillar in the temple of the Republic, especially if 
the virtues of frugality and temperance*^ are cou- 
pled with it. Where there is no labor, morals, as 
well as the means of living, sufier and decay ;^ and 
therefore no one should be idle or unemployed 
except those, that are debilitated by sickness,^ or by 
the infirmities of age.^ Yes, venerable age may 
enjoy, in its worthy retirement/" the fruits of youth- 
ful and manly labor. But whoever^' is able to work^ 
should labor and do good, "while the day lasts, 
for the night coraeth, in which no man can work" 
(John 9 : 4.) "Take heed to the ministry which 
thou hast received in the Lord, that thou fulfil it." 
(Coloss. 4: 17.) "And that ye study to be quiet 
and to do your own business, and to work with your 
own hands, as we commanded you ; that ye may 
walk honestly and that ye may have lack of nothing." 
(L Thessal. 4 : 11. 12.) "In all labor there is 

1 ycrn)irrt. — 2 tec 5}Zutf), fctc Sf)atf raft. — 3 9:niipi9» 
Qancj. — 4 bo'o Saftcr. — 5 bcr 5of)n. — 6 t)ic ?}?api9!cit. — 
7 t>crfaUcn. — 8 btc .5lrnnf{)cit. — 9 t)a»2CUcr. — 10 t)U 
3uvuc!9C5C9cnf}cit. — 11 wa nur. 
4 



ffl ber <Bd)iaf fiige, er habe \ve\Ui;\ ober Die! cj^.O^fR"/ 
aber bie giille be^ Dicid^en lii^ct iinx itict)t fdUafen." 
(qjrebiger (galomo'^ 5, 12.) „gnrcf)te bid) md)t 
unb fag beinc 5>inbe itid)t miibe werbcn ; bcnn ber 
^err, bein ©otf, ijl bci bir, cin jlarfer i)ci(anb, er 
it)irb iTd) iiber bid] freueit iinb bir frcunblid) fein." 
(3ept)an. 3, 16. 17.) "^^Coc 5lrbeit i{t ehrcni^ca in 
einer DJcpiiblif, 'ivcnn |Te M^ ^efie ber @efcHfd}aft 
beforberu i)iift. Der ^aiibntaiut l)inter feincm ^>flii^ 
Qc; ber ^^^aglohncr an offenl1id)en ^cgen, (lanalen, 
(5ifenba[)neii nnb in ben 33cr(]it»erfeu ; ber ^anbrneris 
fer iiiib ili'niRicr in fciner Slrbeitc^ftdtte; ber .fanf^ 
inann in feiner 3^bni'nbe; ber ®ek{)x.tc in fetnen 
gorfd)nni]cn ; ber auoge^eidjnete 8taatc>mann, mie 
ber flcine (5ajiUcnjnnp,e, ber ©eift(id)e, me ber ffeine 
^amiufefjCrjun(]e,— ^e al(e fi'nb (]Icid)er (5()re ir>iir^ 
hiQ'^ jTc ringen in ben i')erfd)icbenen 5lrten i[)rei^ ^e^^ 
ruf^, aKerbint|$^ anf t)erfd)iebenen ^Begen, aber fi'tr 
cin nnb bajfelbe ^id^ fitr ha^ ^Cobl ber 9J?enfd)=^ 
l)eit ; ^nr (^TfiiKnng i()rer ^flid)ten gegen ®ott 
unb jnr 35eforbernn(5 il)re^ eiQeucn '^ol^kvc^clmi^, 
fo wic bec^ ©liic!^^ ibrer yj?itmenfd)en. 
i5 5fjid)t^ ift mMd^t gefdbr(id)er nnb fd)dbfirf)er, 
aU t)a^ 'oon ?[}2onard)ieen berriibrenbe SSornrtbeil 
be^ ^aftengeiflei^, bag (^inic^e bnrd) ibre@ebnrt 
^n giirllen nnb (5*bellenten,^nbere gn boben ^taat^^ 
bienern beflimmt feien; mvil)renb miebcr3(nbere al^ 
gett)ol)nIid)e Untertbanen ^eboren, mowon ircber jTe 
nod) il)re 9iad)fommen jTd) befrcien fonnen. 25a* 



39 

profit, but the talk of tlie lips bendetli only to pen 
ury." (Proverbs 14 : 23.) "The sleep of a laboring 
man is sweet, whether he eU little or much, but the 
abundance of the rich will not suffer him to sleep." 
(Ecclesiast. 5 : 12.) "Fear thou not, let not thy 
hands be slack. The Lord thy God in the midst 
of thee is mighty; he will save, he will rejoice over 
thee with joy." (Zephaniah 3 : 16. 17.) All labor 
is honorable in a republic, if it is such as the good ot 
society requires.^ The farmer* behind^ his plough, 
the day-laborer on the public ways, canals, and rail- 
reads, and in the mines; the mechanic in his work- 
shop,"* the merchant in his counting-room,'"' the scholar 
in his meditations ; the distinguished'^ statesman, as 
well as the small cabin-boy ; the clergyman, as well 
as the little chimney-sweep : they are all worthy of 
the same honor ; they toiP in the different vocations* 
of life ; in different ways, to be sure, but for one and 
the same end, the benefit of the race; to fulfil their 
duty to God, to promote their own welfare and the 
happiness of their fellows. 

1^ Nothing can be, perhaps, more dangerous'* and 
pernicious^" than the prejudices,^^ originating in mon- 
aichies, in regard to caste ; that some are born princes 

1 crfcrt>crn. — 2 fccr 5aut)mann. — 3 f)tntcr. — 4 t>ic 
.<?aniMucvff>rrattc. — 5 t>ic 3a{){ftiitH'. — 6 au5?c\c3Ctd)nct. — 
7 viuo,cn, fid) abmilbcn. — 8 ^cv il^cruf. — • 9 gcfaljvdd). — 
10 ycv&i:rl>lid). — 11 t)a6 ^Sorurtf)cil 



40 

r«m briitgert mandje (Unwanhevcv, hie an^ foIcf)en 
^dnbern fommen, in ^e^u^ auf bie iiatiu1irf)c 
®kid)i)eit ter 5Dienfrf)en febr in'tl)iimlid]e ^cgriflfe 
mit l)eriiber. (Bo(rf)e ©ebaufcu mii^cn (Te aiu> il)5= 
rem ®ebdd)tntg Dertilgen, fobalb jTe bte ^iiile ttefc^ 
freten ?aubc^ berul)ven. Taw ^flic()ttrciie luib 
3Serbien(Ie gebeu i)icv ein 9?cd)t auf 5(cl)tiin(3. 2)cr 
5Kcid)e ftel)t auf eiuem guge mit bem ^2(rmcu ; bev 
®e(el)rte t)l: uirf)t mel)v, al^ ber fd)lid)tc|1c .'(^aub^ 
tt)erfeiv nub bcgmegcn foltte fein 4^eutfd)er fid) fd)d;! 
men, ciue S5efd)dft iguug ^u crcjreifcu, mcld)e iu cl^f 
nem ?aube, mo ber ^afteugeill uub bie 9{augfud)t 
fo gro^ flub, Dietteid)t mcuiger gcad)tet mirb. 9tur 
Zi)dtiQfeit briugt l)ier (5l)re uub ^mar ciue fo(d)c 
^bdtigfeit, me(d)e au^ bem ©eij^e be^ ^Daugcli^ 
um^ t)en)orgcI)t. 

5iber mie fauu ber ^iumauberer gefdimiub S5e# 
fd)dftiguu(] erbalteu? 2)er i?erfidubige uub rcd)t# 
id)a|feue Deurfd)e mirb uid)t ^od)eu uub ?!}iouatc 
lanc^ s^f*-'^)^" 1^"^ i^t feiuem lt^oftl)aufe trdg uub mi'u 
gig (ieijeu bfeibcu, bid fciu (cl^tcr (5eut baraufgcc^au^* 
geu ift uub er hiuaudgcfd)ajft merbeu foil ; fouberu 
er f[el)t fid) fogleid) ruub uml)cr nad) ciuer paffeuben 
Slrbeit urn, im gall er uid)t Dorjiebt, fciue ^cife 
ol)ue 5luffd)ub i\V^ 3nuere bej^ ^anhe^ fort^uiclpcu, 
bem S^de feiuer S3cftimmuug cntc^cc^cu ; uub er rul)t 
nid)t, bid er ^um meuigfreu eiu pdt^d)eu (]cfuubcn 
l)at, urn feiuc uot()U">eubi(3)leu uub briuijeubfteu ^e« 
biirfuijfe befriebigeu $u fouueu. 



41 

and nobles, some ministers, <fec., while others are bom 
subjects, from which they can never rise, neither they 
nor their posterity.* Therefore, many immigrants, 
coming from such places, bring with them very erro- 
neous^ views' in relation* to tlie natural equality of 
nan. Such ideas must be for ever extinguished^ when 
he touches^ the shores of this land of freedom. Fide- 
lity'' and merit^ are the only sources of honor here. 
Tlie rich stand on the same footing'' as the poor ; the 
scholar is not above the humblest mechanic ; '° and, 
therefore," no German ought to be ashamed to fol- 
low any occupation which, in a land where the pre- 
judices of rank are so strong,'^ might be, perhaps, 
less esteemed. And it may be said that that indus- 
try alone brings honor, which arises from the spirit 
of tlie Gospel.*^ 

But how can the immigrant obtain^* ready em- 
ployment? The judicious and honest German will 
not wait for weeks and months, and remain in his 
boarding house, lazy and indolent, until his last 
cent is spent and he is to be turned out ; but he 
goes instantly into the neighboring towns to seelr 
for a convenient employment, in case he does not 
pursue his journey without delay to the interior 

1 fcic 9?acbfcmmcn[cbaft. — 2 irrthumticl). — 3 Mc ?fns 
ficbUMt. — 4 tic ^^o^lohunp. — 5 'ocrtilgcii/ pcrnichtcn. — 
6 bcvuhron. — 7 tic Srcuc, ^flid)trrcuc. — 8 tai> ^^ccs 
bicnfr. — 9 tor ^nO, (^tantpunft. — 10 tctAonntivoifcr. — 
-11 to her. — 12 flarf. — 13 G-^angclium. — 14 cr()attai. 



42 

i6 2)a cr mtbefannt ifl nut bcu 97amen inib ^?o^^ 
itungeu ber :?lrbciti]ebcr, mit feincr DiciferoiUe, tern 
JBetrag ber ^Jcifefoilcu u. f. \v., fo fiihlt cr ^a^ ^e^ 
tiufiu^ uad) 9?atl) unb ^x'(cl)rinu]. 

(^^ wirt) it)m miii, iiameiUltcl] wcnn cv bci .llojfe 
i|l, nidn an (5clcl)cufcl)(cn,wclct)e tl)m ibxc "^icxW'tc 
anbtcteu, imtiirhcb luitcr Der ^iscif d)cnui(i ibvcr llii:* 
eigemuK^igfcir, fo wic, "Ca^i fie atlc5 aiif tai> -X^nlc 
beforqen i\)m-bcu. (St bencbmc |Td) l)od)rt lUM^Td^itg 
gecjt'ii fo(d)e plot^I id)e grcuubc, wic |d)bn fic nud) 
geflciDct fck'U, wcld)e (ocfcnbe ^^crfprat,iiU(-;cu fie 
il)m and) mad)cit mogcn. vi'r laffe fctn Wxih lu^it 
it)nen nu'difeln inib jv'bc ibncn fciii ®c(b ^iir Vd\\^ 
benjabriini} ober (]cfd[li;^cii 'lH'fi.>rc]imi^ an anlcve ; 
benn \x>:iu\ etu fi>lu)L*r unreMid) i]t nub cyflarf, bag 
er c^ Dcrloren babe, fo fann cr nacb bcni (^)efcl3 
incbt bcfti-afr iDcrDcn, m^fcrn bicfc ^iH'fora.ung rVine 
®efd)dfr£jfad)e war, wofnv cr cine ^x'lobnnng cbcr 
bic 3i'f'"'"i)^'^"'^9 ^'i'^^^ feid^cn crhahcn baitc. vfr 
l)ernieibe ibre t%fcUfd)aft, lajTc ftcb nid)t ron ibncn 
traftircn, fnr^, er niad)c fid) in fciucr ^iijcife 
tjcrbinblid) (I'^cicw ^n^owcn , bcrcn iSrclInni] nnb 
gnfer CSbaraftcr ibni nicbr uubl bcfann? i)t. 

X'er an](cfe(^inmanbcrcr iff ii^irrlid) oft bci feincr 
^anonnc] in @cfabr, in ^ii' S^a^'oc ihmi ^HMrnr,cru 
^n fallen nnb ein Dpfcr feinci-^ s^^trancnd nnb fiiiicr 
llnfcnntnif} jn werben. ^Mbft che er ben ^u^bcu 
biefci^ gefci^nctcn \?anbe!^ berH[)rt, 'iJIni-icfidirti ber 
^iifte, iriirb er (]ar oft oon bicfcr Siia\\c uon '>)]lnu 



43 

country, towards the end of his destination, and is 
not discouraged, until lie has found at least a 
means of satisfvint'- his immediate and short ursjent 
wants. 

16 As he does not know the addresses of employers, 
nor his route, nor the fares of travel either by water 
or by land, &c. he; feels the want of instruction and 
advice. There will be, especially if he is in possession 
of money, no lack of those, who ofler him their 
services, of course, under the affirmation of their 
disinterestedness and that they will take the best 
care of all his aftairs. He ought to be very cautious 
with those friends of the moment, however decently 
they may appear, and whatever alluring promises 
they may make him. Ho should trust them with 
no money to change for him, neither should he favor 
them with any money to keep or send away to 
others ; for if such a one is dishonest and declares 
that he has lost it, he cannot be punished for it by 
law, provided that this trust was not a matter of 
business, for which he has received a reward or the 
promise of one. Indeed, the unsu^>pecting immigrant, 
on his landing, is often in danger of falling into the 
hands of some swindler and of becominp^ the dupe 
of his own confidence and ignorance. Even before 
touching the soil of this blessed country, in the sight 
of the shore, he is apt to be approached by those 
men, who skilfully seize, in behalf of their own selfish 
purposes, upon his feelings of astonishment and 



44 

fdjen an(jefprcd)en, weldie ffrf) feiite^ (5rf!aiinen^ 
unb feiner frcubi(j aiifgercgten ©efiil)le nub s^O^^irf) 
feiner Unbefanntfdiaft unb 2lbl)dn(]U]fcit hn bem 
Sinblicfe ber »or il)m (ie^qenben neucn ®elt mit ®e^ 
fcl)tcf ^u bemeijlern ttjijfeu, urn il)re felbjlfud)tigcn 
Slbfid)ten ^u crreid)en. 

17511 biefer unb mand)er anberen S5ejiel)ung fotttc 
bcr 3(u^wanbcrer, tt)elcf)er 5Bil(cn^ ijl, fctne ^{cifc 
nad) 5(nu?rifa au^utretcu, ober auf bem 5Bege babin, 
ben D^att) fitr 5lui^n)auberer nid)t unbead)tet (ajjen, 
it>e(d)er »or einicjer S^if i» o|fcutIid)eu Slattern er^ 
fd)ien unb mo»en 9iad)foIgenbe(^ cntnommen i]t : 

1. 9iif unb nimmer la^t end) in I)cutfd)fanb ba^u 
uerleiten, ^nm 35oran^ fiir eure 5?cife Don ^cen^^orf 
in'^ 3nncre Don 3tmenfa ^n be^ablen. ©ennnncn 
fount ibr babei nidn^, Dedieren febr mcl 53e3abft 
Hog bie (Seeretfe bi^ ^ien?9)orf, unb nid)t metter ! 

2. ©etb il)r USiUen^, nad) 5[)^i|youri, 3«^»t>a, bem 
tt)eft(id)eu ober fublid)en 3Hi«ot^ cber bem fnblid)en 
Snbiana ^u reifen : fo reifet iiber 9t e u ^ D r I e a n ^ ! 
Dbwohl and) bort S3etrug genug ueriibt wtrb, fo i)V^ 
bod) bort nid)t f arg, unb bie golgen nid)t f em^ 
ppublid), wie in irjeu<2)orf. 

3. 3br braud)t cud) mit f e i u c m 9J? ci f 1 e r 
(runner) uub f e t u e m ^ a f f a g c ^ S u r c a u (f >r- 
warding office) eiu^uIajTeu. Vie 'OMUev mad)en 
Jd) uid)td baran^, tie un»erfd)dmteften ^ngen ^u 
fagen. gragt it)r nad) einem greunbe in 3^icu??Jorf, 



45 

joyous' emotion,- and at the same time of Lis depend- 
anoe^ and ignorance, in view of the new world which 
lies before iiim. 

^^ In this and many other relations the emigrant in- 
tending to start"* for, or on his way to America should 
not neglect to consider the advice for emigrants, 
whicli appeared in some public papers a short lime 
since and from which the following is selected/' 

1. Never sutler yourself to be so mi«guided^ in 
Germany, as to pay in advance'' your fare from 
New-York to the interior of America. You can 
gain nothing by this, but lose much. Pay your 
passage only to New-York, and no farther.^ 

2. if you wish to go to Missouri, Iowa, to 
Western or Southern Illinois, or to Southern In- 
diana, go by the way of New Orleans. Althoiigli 
there is deception^ enough committed there, yet it 
is not so bad and the consequences not so pernicious/** 
as in New- York. 

3. You need not engage^'a runner^- ov inquire^^at 
a forwarding-office. The runners feel no compunc- 
tion in telling 3^ou the most impudent falsehoods 
If you, for instance, inquire for a friend in New-York, 

1 frcf), fvcuMc). — 2 bic ^Cufrcgung, (5H*mutf)C'0civc9ung. 
- 3 t)ic ?(OI)angici!cit. — 4 aOrcifcn. — 5 ivaf)(cn, cuts 
cl}non. — 6 iH'rlcircn, trrc fu()i-cn. — 7 tm r.crniu". — 

ivcitcr. — 9 Saufcbang, JBctrug. — 10 ycvtcrMicI). — 
11 i"ic() cintaffcn. — 12 t)cc 9}Jaf(cr. — 13 onfvngcn. 



46 

fo tJcrfTrf^ern ffe end), er fet mc(](]c^o(]cn. gragt t!)r 
nad) eincm ^irtl)e, ben man end) cnipfol)Icn i)at, 
fo t)erficl)crn jTe cud), bcr fei banfcrott (^cc^auj^cu. 
?a^t cud) burd) bie^ ^i\ic6 ntd)t trrc madjcn ! ^Bic 
frcd) jTe and) bef)auptcn mogen, |Te fcieii Don bci 
Dbrigfeit ba^n bejlclir, end) ^n rathcn nnb ^n Icircn: 
glaubt'^ nid)t nnb befolgt^^ nid)t ! Ser halter end) 
gegen jTe, aW ob il)r meber boren nod) fpiTd)cn fcnusf 
tct ! ^Oin^t i[)v ja ema^ fprcd)cn, fo fagt vnhtc]: 
/,3d) VDcrbe fd)on iviffen, iDa^ id) gu tl)nn l}abe/' 
ober eine al)nnd)e anc^mcid)cnbe 5Intivort. 

4. 3l)r l)abt ba^9?cd)t, ^n?etnia! 24 ©tnnbcit 
md) cnrcr 3(nfnnft mit cnvent ®cpad anf bem 
<Sd)i ffe ^n bleiben. ^ e n n 1} e t bie^^ 5)ied)t ! (iikt 
nid]t ! syiebmt cnc^ ^cit ! ©eht vnhic] i)on cnrem 
(Bdnffe a\\^ am S^afen enttanti, fo n?erbet ibr t)a 
fd)on bic I^anipfboote liegcn fchn, bie nad) ^Mu(a^ 
belphta, 5llbant) nnb anbcrn Drten hinfabren. WUt 
gro^en ^nd)|Taben ftnb jeneS^i^anien („^)bi(abelphia/' 
„5l(banv)^') bort anc{efd)rieben. ^enn ibr nnr 5ln^ 
gen babt nnb lefen fbnnt, fo fi'nbet ibr'^ fd)on, obne 
einen anfbvin(]Iid)cn 5^nbrer wbthici ^n baben. '^c^ 
jablt bann anf beiii I^anlpfboote in bcr Cfftcc te^ 
(gcbiff^capitain)^ nnb nid)t cbcr, ad^ bvS ta6 (Bd)ijf 
abfdbrt, cnre D^cifc hi^ ^M)ilabc(pbia, 3l(bani) 2C., 
unb wenn ibr bort an,qcfommcn fcib, fo bc^ablt tie 
tr>eitcrc ^?cife mit ,q(eid)cr 2[sorfidit ! 

5. ^anal^^Tcifcn fd)einen ivoav i)ithi?obtfcifer 511 



47 

they will assure you, that he has moved away.^ If 
you inquire for a landlord, who is recommended to 
you, they Avill assure you, that he has become a 
bankrupt. Be not led astray*^ by all this ! However 
impudently they may assert, that they are commis- 
sioned by the government to advise and to guide 
you : do not believe them nor follow their advice. 
Conduct yourself with them, as though^ you could 
neither hear nor speak. But if you must say any- 
thing, quietly s?iy : " I know already what I have to 
do," or give a similar evasive^ answer. 

4. You have the right to remain with your bag- 
gage^ on board the ship forty-eight hours after your 
arrival. Make use of this privilege. Do not be in 
a hurry.^ Take time. Go quietly from your ship 
along the wharf, and you will see lying there the 
steamboats which are bound for Philadelphia, Al 
bany and other places. These names (Philadelphia, 
Albany, &c.) are written there in great letters. If 
you only have eyes and can read, you will soon find 
it out without the aid of an obtruding conductor. 
Pay then upon the boat, at the captain's office, and 
not till the boat starts, your fare for Philadelphia, 
Albany, &c. and when you arrive at these places, 
pay for your farther passage with like precaution. 

5. Travelling by canal seems to be much cheaper 

1 wccijichcn. — 2 irrc Icitcn, trrc macbcn. — 3 dx> db.ai^ 
rocnn. — 4 avuiti)cid)cnt>. — 5 &a5 ©cpac!. — 6 tic Site, 



48 

fein, al^ @tfenba()n?3'?ctfen ; attetn e(5 bauert and) 
«m fotttel Idngcr. 23on 5{lbani) itad) 35iiffa(o braiid)t 
man per (Jifenbabn uiir 1 ^ac}, per Stanai 8 bii$ 14 
Zac^e ; auf bcr (5ifcuba!)n l)at man im ©ommer 150 
^'^fmiD ®epdd frei, auf bem itanat 50 ^j)fiinb; auf 
tcv (5tfeubal)u ()at man nur fiir ciueu Zag, ^db[w 
gung ^u bejablcn, auf bem jlaual 8 bi^ 14';ta(]e. 

6. 5Ger t)on S?eu==2)orf iiber 55uffaIo wad) bem 
5Beften rei(i, tljnt in ber ^?e(]el am bejlcu, fid) ciuer 
ber ^\vd Qvo^cn (5ifeuba()ueu ^u bcbieueu, bie vion 
3fieu?2)orf bort()iu (]cl)n, udm(td) bte ^iiba n^<f 
23 u f f a f ^^ifeubabu nub tie 5t e u ^^ 2) o r f ^ 
(5 r i e ^^ifeubabu. ^oKr i()r auf ber erfteu rcifeu, 
fo fal)rt il)r per i:)ampfboot bi^ SUbaui), uub uebmt 
bort auf bem (5nfeubabul)ofe etu 33i((et md) 3?uffa(o. 
3:)od] fount ibr and) iu DTcu-gorf fd)on ciu ^^Mdet 
nel)meu uub tl)ut woI)(, ^i^euu thr cud) bei^b'^^tb bci 
ber 5(geutur ber 2}eutfd)eu ©efcKfdiafr wad) bem 
5l(]euteu ber 5((baui;^S3uffalo^ difeubahu crfuu^ 
tiQt, ^cUt ibr mit ber 9teu^gorf^(S-rie?(2ifeubal)n 
reifeu, fo gebt tl)r cinfad) ^u bem 5?aI)ubofc,ber fid) 
am i^ubfou^glug, am Cfubc ber X^uaue^^trage 
bejxubeL 2>ou bort gel)t'55 ^war gueril 25 ^jjieilen 
mcit ten 5?ubfou^@trom bniauf per 2)ampfboot, 
bauu aber per (Sifeubabn in uorbtt)e(ll'id)cr 9?id)tuu<; 
grabe burd) bi^ nad) ^ituftrf am (ivicf^cc (i)oii 
ba wcitcv per 2)ampfboot nad) iSicmiaut, 'B'Vm 
tu^fi), Detroit zc.) 

7. 'Beit il}v ^iltcu^^ in'^ 3nuere be^ ?anbc^ 



49 

than by railroads, but it takes much more time. It 
takes only one day to travel by railroad from Albany 
to Buffalo (328 English miles), by canal it takes 
from 8 to 14 days; by the railroad you can take 
150 pounds baggage free during the warm sea- 
son, by the canal only 50 pounds; on the railroad 
you have only to pay the expenses of one day's living, 
on the canal from 8 to 14 days. 

6. Whoever travels from New-York to the West 
by the way of Buffalo, generally does best, to take 
one of the two great railroads, which lead there from 
New- York; that is, the Albany and Buffalo raihoad 
and the New-York and Erie railroad. If you choose 
to travel by the first mentioned, take a steamboat 
from New- York to Albany and there at the railroad 
station buy a ticket for Buffalo. But you can also 
take a ticket for N. York ; and you do well to enquiie, 
for tliat purpose, in the office of the Germai. Society, 
for the Agent of the Albany and Buffalo R. R. Co. 
But if you choose to travel by the New-York and 
Erie railroad, you have merely to go to the railroad 
station which is on the North River, at the end of 
Duane-street. From there it goes at first 25 miles 
up the Hudson by steamboat, then by railroad in 
a northwest direction directly through to Dunkirk on 
lake Erie, and from thence by steamboat to Cleveland, 
Sandusky, Detroit, &c. 

7. If you intend to go to the interior, be not do- 



50 

gu jief)en, fo fagt end) meoer tn 9fieii''2)orf, ttof 
in aitberu (jrogeit (Stdbten buret) tie tort wobnen 
ben i:!eiitfct)en bauon abl)altcn. @te werbcn end) 
Don 53drcn iinb 5BoIfeu, Don nnburd)brin(}ltd)ett 
^Bdlbern nub giftigen ©iimpfen er^df)len, t>k e^ 
im 3unern be^ ?anbcd gebe ; werben end) @d)recf^ 
bi(bcr alter 2trt tiormaten, nm end) in ben ©tdbten 
feft5n[)a(ten. ©lanbt i[)nen nid)t! ^a^t end) ta^ 
bnrd) nid)t irre mad)en ! 5:abt il)r SSerwanbte 
ober S3efannte in bem ^nnern, bie end) gefd)riei' 
hen babcn, fo reifet ^n i^nen ! ^eit il)r tJon 
3^entfd)(anb I)er ta^ f^anbteben gemohnt, nnb liebt 
ha^dbc^ fo n)irb'^ and) in 5lmcrifa end) anf bem 
?anbe fd)on gefattcn, tt)ie e^ fo Dielen tanfenben 
enrer ?anb^Icnte bort red)t ti?ol)I gefdttt nnb red)t 
n>ol)l o^^)f» 

8. 5Tiie nnb nimmer fanfet ?anb, ha^ il)r ntd)t 
ntit eigcncn ^ngen befel)en Ijahtl 

9. SBebiirft il)r in 9?en^2)orf gnten ^atl) ober 
5ln^fnnft iiber irgenb etwa^, fo (^eljet ^nr bent* 
fd)en @efeafd)aft, @reenn?id) ^^ ©trage 3^ro. 95. 
Wlit grogen S5nct)|taben febt i()r ha iiber ber ^l)iir 
gefd)rieben : „D i e 5t o ^ " t n r ber b e n t f d) e u 
@ e f e U f d) a ft." 2)a mirb man end) n n e n U 
g e 1 1 n d) e n 9?at[) nnb Slns^f nnft ertl)ei(en. WlexH 
iDobt: bie^ ift bie etn^ige Slgentnr, ba^ ein^i^r 
QSnrean ober (Somptoir, ha^ hie „bentfd)e ®efett# 
fd)aft ber ©tabt 9^en^2)orf" nnterbdlt. 3:)iefe 
®efettfd)aft I)at einen vein menfd)enfrennblid)eu 



51 

lained^ eithei-^ in New-York or'^ lu other great cities 
by Germans residing tliere. They will tell you 
stories'* about bears nnd wolves, and impenetrable* 
forests," and poisonous'' swamps,^ which they say, are 
in the interior; they will paint before you phantoms 
of terror of every kind,'^ in order to detain you in the 
cities. Believe them not! Be not deceived thereby!'* 
If you have relations'' or acquaintances'- in the in- 
teiior, who have written you, travel to them. If 
you were accustomed-^ to a country life'* in Germany, 
and like'^ it, a country life in America will please'* 
you, as many thousands of your countrymen are very 
much pleased with it, and are doing'^ very well. 

8. Never buy land, which you have not seen 
with your own eyes. 

9. If you need in New- York good counsel or 
information, go to the German Society, No. 95 Green* 
wich-street. There is written in great letters above 
the door, "Agency of the German Society." There 
advice and information will be i^iven to you gratui- 
tously. Remember well : this is the only agency, 
the only office, which is sustained by the German 
Society of the city of New- York. This society has 
a humane purpose only. Its members contribute 

1 Q6()n(tcn — 2 cntivcbor. — 3 cbcr. — 4 tic (5>cfd)icl)tc, 
— 5 iint)iird)trinp,Ud). — 6 ta- Sisatb. — 7 Qtftlc!. — 8 
bcr ©iimpf. — 9 Mc 7(rt. — 10 f)icv^urd). — 11 t>cc ^^cr^ 
wantto. — 12 bcr IsBcfanntc. — 13 gcivoOncn. — 14 fca^ 
eaut)(cOcn. — ISficbcn. — IGQcfatlcn. — 17 fid) Ocftntcn. 



52 

wodon jTe tl)ei(c^ 3lrme unb jtranfc niUer|lnl3cn, 
t[)eitd ^mi ?lgcnteu unterl)a(ten, bte in t'ciiem 55u^ 
reau ben (^inwanberern ratben nnb belfen. y^iihrt 
man end) anf ein anbved 53urcan, nnb fagt end), 
ba^ fet bie bentfd^e @efctlfd)afr, fo mac] ed tt)o[)l 
eine ©efeUfd)aft bentfc^er 33etrngcr nnb (Ed)nrfen 
fein, aber nirf)t bie ©efedfd^aft bentfct)er ?D?en^ 
fd)enfrennbe ; benn biefe I)at, im'e gcfagt, fein an? 
bere^ 58nvean, aU ba^ : ©veenu)id)>-@trage ytv, 95. 

10. .^altet ibr end) in 3^en=^2)orf einige ;^agc 
mif, fo fcl)t wohl ^n, in \m^ fitr ein ® a jll)an^ 
ibr gebt. S3ejTcr ift'd : in einem rein(td)en, orbent? 
Iid)en .^anfe ml ^n be^ablen, al^ nnter bem 3Ser=f 
fpred)en ber 3BobIfci(bn't jTd) in ein fd)(ed)te(^, 
fd)mn(3i.qe^, Dcrbdd)rig an^febenbe^ Sym^ Men 
jn {ajjen nnb — ha geprettt ^n merben. 

11. (5nb(id) ratben mir jebcm ©nwanberer 
a n f ^ b V i n ^ e n b ft e, »or nnb mdbrenb feincr 
^nfnnft iix 9^en?^Jorf jTd) in ernfiem ®ehct bem 
©d)nl3 nnb ber .^lilfc ®otte6 an^nbefeblen, nnb 
be^ ©prndje^ ^n cjebcnfen : ^SSerlajJe bid) anf 
ben y;^errn uon ganjem ^leqen nnb uerla^ bid) 
nicht anf beinen 3Ser(lanb ; fonbern gebenfe an ibn 
in alien beinen ^egen: fo mirb (Jr bid) red)t fiib? 
ren." (©pritdie @aL 3, 5—6) nnb ber fd)5nen 
(Jrmabnnng be^ alten Tobias an feinen <gobn : 
tf'^ein ?eben(ang I)abe ©ott t)cr mQen nnb im 



53 

money, with wliicli they both render aid to the poor* 
and sick,' and support^ two agents, who advise and 
help the emigrants, who come to this office. If you 
are conducted to any oiher office, and told that that 
is liie German Society, tliis may be perhapii a society of 
German deceivers'* and rogues,^ but not the society of 
German philanthropists,^ tor this has, as we have said, 
nootheroffice, tiian that at No. 95 Greenwich-stieet. 

10. If you slop^ in New- York or any other place 
for a few days, be carefuP in what kind of a boarding- 
house you go. It is better to pay much in a clean' 
and decent'" house, than to be, under the promise of 
cheapness, enticed" into a bad,'' dirty,'"* suspicious 
looking house, in order to be cheated there. 

11. Finally we advise every emigrant most ur- 
gently to commend himself before his anival and 
duiing his stay in New-York, (fee. in earnest prayer 
to the protection and the help of Almighty God, and 
remember the verses of the iiible : " Trust in the Lord 
wiih all thine heart; and lean not unto thine own 
under>tanding. In all thy ways acknowledge Him, 
and lie shall direct thy paths," (Proverbs 3 : 5. 6.) 
and the beautiful admonition of old Tobias to his son : 
"My son, be mindful of the Lord our God all th) 
days, and let not thy will be set to sin, or to irans- 

1 arm. — 2 fvanf. — 3 iintcr()altcn. — 4 tcr iBi'trii^cr. 

— 5 rev Scbctm, (Sd)urfc. — 6 ^cv ?}]cn|:l)cnfrt•lln^. — 7 
fclaLvn, lui) nufbaltcn. — 8 acbtfam, rcvud)tio. —9 rctn(ict)» 

— 10 crDcntltd). ~ 11 kdcn, — 13|d)lcd)t. •- 13 rd)nui§ig. 



54 

^eqen, iinb l)ute bid), ha^ bu tii feine (Si'tnbe wiUU 
geil, inib tl)ueft wibcr @otfe^ @cbot/' {:^ob. 4; 6.) 

J^a^ ha^ oben be^ii(3lid) ber ''D^iflcr (}k\ac\tc nid)t 
iibertriebeu fet, mirb burd) ben aiiultd)on 53ertd)t 
einciS anicrifaiufd)en !V!eift(idien bejldHqt, ipekbcr 
bic ;tl)atfad)eanfnbrt, baf; btc 5^iird)fd)iutr^mmme, 
um vccktjc idbr(id) bie (^mi.qranrcn bei ibvcr ^}a\u 
biiuf? in 5icn?2)'^rf nnb anf ihvcni ^cci? in'^ '"sinicre 
bctronen werben, \Kh wad) ber .qcnnrdicn ^didlinng 
anf cine ''>}iilt(on l^otlar^ {'^roci iD^iUioncn fwumaU 
l)nnbcrttaufenb C^Vidtcn" bclviufc. 

2lndi mag nod) anacfubrt lucrben, baj5 d()n{td)e 
n)oh(tbdtit]e ©efedfdiafrcn, mie bie cben cm\ibntc 
in i)(en<2)'-^i'^ ii^ ben Dorgnolid^ll-en (Eeebdjx'n b<:\ic^ 
\)cn nnb eii unvb beni (^inwanberer bJcrmil: anf ba^ 
ernrt(idi)le empfe'l){en, ben iD^ith, U'Cld^en er bort 
empfdn(]t, and) ^n benn^en nnb {id) md)t UMcber 
Don ;?lnbern irre (eiten ^n (ajTen t>ber gn ben fen, \>ci^ 
er bejfer niit ber 'Badn^ befannt [ei, aW 'Ilidnner, 
benen eine (anae (§rfal)rnn,g ,5nr eeife flelu. 

Unb fo wnnfd)en wiv etneni jeben (Jinumnberer, 
0l)uc (am^ei^ (5nd)en, eine balbi(]e, feinen gdhiufei* 
ten nnb ^^eben»»erhd(rnijyen annemejjene 5^^cfd)dfif 

^^Sy.it er ein ®efd]dfr annefan^en, fo niadn' er iTd) 
mit ber ^ietbobe befannr, mc c^ betrieben mirb ; 
benn bie meitlen 5lrbeiten, lUMt bem 5(cferban (ober 
ber ?anbm'rthfd)aft) an,bi'o ^n ten yoUeiiberfreii 
^iinftn?erfen im gad)e ber Ojewerbe, it^erben bier tit 



55 

gress his commandments : do uprightly all thy life 
long, and follow not the way of unrighteousness." 

That what is said about tho " runners " in the 
above is not exaggerated/ may be substantiated by 
an oliicinl report^ of an American clergyman, who 
states that the average sum,' out of which tho 
emigrants landing annually in New-York and on 
their way to the interior are swindled,'' amounts,'' at 
the least calculation,^ to one million of dollars, or two 
million tive hundred thousand florins. 

It may be added, also, that similar benevolent 
societies as the above mentioned in New-York, are 
established in the principal seaports,^ and it is most 
earnestly recommended to the immigrant to follow 
the advice as given above, and not to be misguided* 
again by others, or to think that be is better acquaint- 
ed with the matter than those who are aided by a 
long experience. And thus we wish to every im- 
migrant as the result of his inquiries,^ a speedy success 
in finding an occupation, suitable to his abilities and 
circumstances in life. 

1^ When he becomes established in an occupation, 
he must familiarize himself with the new modes and 
manner of doing business; for almost every kind of 
labor, from agriculture (or husbandry) to the most 
refined arts in tl.e mechanical profession, is carried 

1 iibcrtncLH'ii. — 2 ij^cricbr. — 3 t)ic turcl)l'cbnittlicl)C 
©umuu'. — 4 prcUcn. — 5 |u1) iH'lciufcn. — 6 ^ic :ij^crccl)s 
nuiuv — 7 Piv Sccl)afv'n. — 8 r«cvlcitcn, — 9 l)ic 9^acl)frn9C. 



56 

ciuem gan^ anbereit ©ti)te au^geful)rt, al^ in 
2!eutf(i)laut). Hi' l)abe bejlcinbig feine ©ebanfeu auf 
SBerbejyeriingeu unb SSernieibunj] won gel)leru Qcvi&i^ 
ret nut) feiii gen>ijTeul)after, woMgeleiteter gleig 
tt)irb ba(t) bcmerft uut) bclol)nt werben* 

X)euii jcber ^iumanberer foUtc e^ wol)l crmci^en, 
bag in ciuem ?anbe, iDie tie Sereinigten ©taateit 
l)cu Slmcrifa, \x>o ^{cid)tl)um unb ©rimbbefilp feisf 
Item 33efu^er iud)t ba^ minbcfre poIitifd)e 9iec{)t 
Dor bem Dcr[cil)f, mid)e^ bcr cirmjle ^l^uigcr l)at, 
VDO feiu ^(bcl, feine bevor^ugte ^tiajyen, fcine bt^ 
jablte 5lemter fiir 5iid)t^tl)iin eri|lireu, wo feine 
flebenbe ^eere t)ic pi)pfi)'d)e unb moralifd)C Mvaft 
be^ 330lf^ fani>ad)en, wo feiu 5al)(reid)er ^camteui* 
troH in tvd(ier i)iul)e bai? ^-^rob be^ airmen i)er^e()rt 
uub oor 3liiem, wo feine gurfteu unb ibre yerberbj^ 
ten §ofe ba^ fogenannte „Qbn\\d)c dlni^t ber ©e? 
burf' reprafeutiren, tro^ iSerbienjl unb !i:u(3enb,— 
Sa§ in eincm foldjen ?anbe \^k (imii}c Stvaft, 
^bdtigfeit uub ^u^bauer be^^ (^nuselneu eincu wdt 
grogereu (Spielranm l)abeu unb wcit fd)ncUere 
grud)te trai^en, aii^ in ^D^ouard)ieen, wo jeue Uebcl 
feit 3abrl)unberten beilanben b^ibcn unb m i t i b re n 
traurigeu Ui5ir f uug e u nod) bcflehen. 

JSiele ^:8eifpiele fbnuteu bartbnn, niit itjcldn'm 
gliicflidieu (^ifol^e oben ermdbute S:ui]enbcn \owo[}i 
\)on ^Imerifvintn-n, ai^ Dentfd)en in btefcm Vanbe 
genbr woxtcn finb, fo untcv iUibercn, ^a^ ^cbcn bc(J 
berubmten ^obanu 3«fob Sljlor, ir>c(d)cr a[6 cin 



57 

on here in quite a different style from that of Ger- 
many. He should continually^ turn'^ his thoughts 
toward improving* himself and rectifying' his mis- 
takes/ and he may be sure that his conscientious* 
and well guided industry will soon be observed and 
ewarded. — For every emigrant should well consider, 
that in a country like the United States of America, 
where wealth" and possession of real estate^ confers* 
not the least political right on its owner above what 
the poorest citizen has, where there exists no nobi- 
lity, no privileged orders and sinecures, wliere no 
standing armies weaken the physical and moral 
power of the people, where no swarms of public 
functionaries devour in idleness the bread of the 
poor, and above all, where no piinces and their cor- 
rupt courts represent the so-called "divine right«of 
birth," in spite of merit and virtue, — that in such a 
country the talents^ energy and perseverance of a per- 
son must have a far greater opportunity for display, 
than in monarchies, where the evils above mentioned 
have existed for centuries, and ivith their sad effects 
exist still. 

Many examples might be given to prove, with 
what happy effect these virtues have been exercised 
in tliis country, as well by Americans as by Germans, 
and among the latter, especially the life of John Jacob 

1 tolanfctp,. — 2 ivouten/ rtd)ton. — 3 iH'rbcflj'ovn, tn'rid)* 
ttgcn. — 4 ter 3:rrt()um. — 5 o.mvifTcnhnfr. — 6 ^cr .'"■Kcicl): 
tfjum — 7 tQi> lu'gcntc (Sto,cntI)iim. — 8 ivvtoihcn. 



58 

armcr Smtcje l)eruberfam itub a(d einer bcr reirf)* 
ften 5!}Jdnuer in ber ^Belt jlarb. ©eiu Unterne^* 
muug^geift, fciue Stu^baueiv feme 5)?eblict}fett im ge^ 
fd)dft(id)eu 25erfel)r, [eiue ©parfamfeit, feiite 5D2d^ 
gtgung im ©(iicfe, feine ^ol)Itl)dti9feit, fott)ol){ of^ 
fentlicf) al^ im (StiKeit, t»erbienen aKe 9iad)a{)muu9 
unb jTd)eru einem jeben, ber gteirf)eu ©tuned ijl, 
menu and) nid)t immer beufelbeu (^rfolg, aber bod) 
flerd eiueu grogeu ©d)a(s an iuuerer 3ufriebent)eit 
nub dn^erem ^lScl)l)laube. 
19 ^d ift iubeflfeu voaljv, ta^ ber (^inmauberer ^mvcU 
len, and) mit bem beften bitten nub mit ^(ufbietnug 
aUer feiner ^'rdfte, faum im Stanbe if^, maud)e 
^iuberuifife S" befeitigen, tt>e(d)e anf [einem I'eben^^ 
xt>cQe il)m begecjueu. ^ad foK er in einem foId)en 
goKe tt)nn ? ©oK er hie 5^anptqnette feiner Un^u# 
friebeubcit in bem nuDcllfommenen Suf^aube ber 
wenfd)lid)en ®cfel^fd)afr fnd)en ? foil jTd) fein Syr^ 
mit 53itterfeit fiiUen in 55etre|f bed biirgerlid^en nub 
po(itifd)en ©tanbed ber 2?inge, ben er t)ier antrifft ? 
obcr foU er felbl't ( ^um 55eifpie(, nm l)o()ereu ?ol)it 
^n erl}a(ten,) bad ©efel^ t)erad)ten nub gu gen)a(t? 
famen, nngefet5(td)eu 5}tittelu fciue 3uflnd)t nel)men ? 
®ott be I) lite ! ©onbern, fo fehr and) jeber 5(rbeiter 
feined ?ol)ued ^ertt) ifl unb fo tiefed SfflitQefiihi 
toiv and) fiir feine ?eiben l)egeu: fo ernjilid) miiffeit 
tt)ir uid)tdbc)'iott>eniger t)ic S^eihen\diaften berjeuicjcn 
migbiiligen, mcld)e burd) SSerkl^nng he^ ©efel^e^ 
mx t)ermeintlid)ed ^ed)t cjeltenb ^u mad)en fnd^em 



59 

Astor, who came over as a poor boy' and died one 
of the richest men in the world. His enterprising' 
spirit,^ his perseverance, his honesty in liis business 
transactions,"* his economy, his moderation^ in success, 
*jis benevolence^ both in public and private, deserve 
all imitation, and give the assurance that every one 
who is of the same mind, may attain, if not always 
the same success, at least outward'^ competence^ and 
inward^ happiness. 

19 It is true, however, that sometimes^" the immigrant 
with his best will and ability is hardly able to sur- 
mount^^ many obstacles^' which he meets with in his 
career. What shall he do in this case? Shall he 
seek the main source of his discontent in the imper- 
fect condition of human society ? shall his heart be 
filled with bitterness in regard to the civil and poli- 
tical state of things in this country ? or even shall he 
(for instance in order to get higher wages) disregard^' 
the law and resort^"* to violent,^'^ illegal means ?'^ God 
forbid! But as much as the laborer deserves his 
reward and as deep as are our sympathies^'' for his 
sufferings, we must nevertheless strongly disapprove 
the passions of those, who, by violation of the law, 
attempt to maintain a presumptuous right. For if 

1 tcr .^nabc. — -2 untcrnc()mcnt>. — 3 tcr ®ctfl. — 4 l)ic 
S5crrid)tun9. — 5 t)ic 9)?ci§tc<unQ. — 6 tic 3[i>cf)(tburicif cit. — 
7 ciuOcrticl?. — 8 t)cr JScblllnnb, bo'o ?(ii6femuuMu — 9 ins 
crticl). — iO 3umci(cn. — 11 u(H'r|tctc\i'n. — 10 ba^ .£)tnt)cr» 
nip- — 13 mit'ad)tcn, ricrncl)tcn. — 14 cine Buflucbt nc()mcn. 
— 15 gcwaUfam. — 16 tias 9}Zittc(. — 17 t)ic S()cilna{)mc 



60 

X)enn wemt bie ^(agen tcr arbcitenbcit ^faflfen 
Jt^oljlbegrunbct jTitb, fo jlelien gefelp{u1)e ?OiitteI iinb 
^e^c bent Solfc ^u ®ebote, [cine 9^ed]te 511 a^al)^ 
rcu iiub bie 6t5rungen feiue^ ©liicfe^ ai\^ hem 
ilBege gu rdiimen. 2)iegreiheit be^^orte^ 
iiub ber ^> r c f f e, ba^ a U' 3 e m e t n e (5 1 i m m^ 
red)t unb ba^ uii befd) vein fte 9f{ erf) t ber 
SI ffo c t a ti u e It, we(rf)ei^ l)ier beftel)!, btcfj aik^ 
bentmmt bent gemattfameit ^Giberfpnid) jeg(id]ctt 
SSointjanb lutb ntad)t 2(itflditfe unb ^^ul)e|i6rungeti 
i^biliQ unflatt{)aft, ja felbft Derdrf)r(id). S^kv btetet 
pd) feine 3SeranIajynng bar, (5d)(ad)ten gegeu un(]e^ 
red)te 3ti:)ingl)erren ju fdmpfen : ba^ '^olf fclbft ifl 
ber JO'-'i'vfrf)'-'!' »nb burd) ha6 heiiiQc Sanb ber Jreis' 
Ijeit unb gered)ter ©efel^e un^ertrennlid) mit €ina\u 
ber Derbunben. 25er ©tiinmfaflen, btc ®erid)t^* 
l)ofe, bie S)a\im ber ©efe^gebuug unb jcne^ ebr^ 
tpitrbige (Sapitol in ^adtiington finb bie eingigen 
5tampfp(dt3e, wo bie unblutigen ^dntpfe fiir bie 
ojfeutlidie ^ol)(fal)rt au^gefod)ten werbeu. 
29lSober bie Un^ufriebeubeit ^in3e(ner tnit tbrer 
Hc^c eft cntfpringe, tnag burd) folgcube 9lncfbDte 
t)eranfd)au(id^t n?erbeu, bie t)iel(eid)t l)ier ciueu pap 
fenbcn 2>eri]{eid)nn(]^punft barbietcu biirfte. din 
S^anptmaun in 2)ienfteu einee^ ffeineu beutfd)eu 
gitrilcu wnvbc einfit anc^ ©ritnben ber (gparfantfcic, 
ftuf etne ^'ieutcuanf^lleUe l)erabgefe(sf. M^ er bie 
9tad)rid)t bieruou crt)ielt, gerictb cr in bie dufu'rf^c 
^ufregung, eilte fo^lcid) ^u feineiu general unb be^ 



61 

the claims^ of the woiKing classes are well founded, 
legal ways and measures are at the command" of ihe 
people, to secure their rights and remove the obstacles 
from the way of their success. The freedom of speech 
and of the press, universal suffinge^ and the unlimited'' 
right of association, which are established here, take 
away every pretext^ for a violent opposition*"' to the 
law, and mnke mobs'' and riots^ utterly*^ unjusti- 
fiable'° and even contemptible." There is here no 
opportunity for fighting battles against tyrants, the 
people themselves being the ruler, and being insepara- 
bly uniied by the sacred bands of liberty and just laws. 
The ballot-box, courts of justice, legislative halls, and 
that venerable capitol at Washington, are the only 
arenas,'^ wlu^re the bloodless contests for the public 
welfare aie waged. '^ 

20 Whence the discontent of individuals with their 
lot often aiises, may be illustrated by the following 
anecdote, which may perhaps be pertinent to the 
point in question. 

A certain captain in the service of a petty Ger- 
man prince was reduced under a system of re- 
trenchment to a liciutenancy. As soon as he had 
notice to this effect, he became very much excited 

1 bic ^cvbcrunc\. — 2 ba- S3cfch(,ba? (ScOct. — Stai 
©tinr.iircc()t. -- 4untH'fcl)ranft. — 5 t>cr ^l^cnvcinb. — 6 ttcr 
gBit)cvfpnid), tcr *J.i>it)cv|1ant>. — 1 ttcu?tuf(aiif. —0 t)ic 
3lu()C|toruna. — 9 turcl)aiuv9an,5 unb gnv. — 10 uu)tatt()Qft. 
~- 11 Dcracl)tltcl). -—1:3 bci* .Slv^iUpfpla^. — 1 3 fii()Vv'n, ivngcn. 



62 

fd)mcrte jld), \:)a^ fciue (5l)re nitnitt fet nitb bafi er 
unmogltd) (tiui^er in eiuer ©tabt (cben fonne, n?o er 
allgcmetu ai^ tcr i^aiiptmauu 9^. 9^. befannt fei 
unb fu(3te iintcr anberem I)ii!3ii,ma^ ihn am mciilett 
frf)mer^e, fei, )oon fetnem S3cbicntcu fortan nid)t 
inel)r : „§err §auptmann/' fonbern „$crr ?ieute^ 
want" angerebet ^u njcrbcu. 2>er ©eiterar, obne 
3it)eifel eiu ?[l?ann ijon^afl:, gab i()m ben bcruhigens' 
ben dlatl) : „®ie fommcn an^ biefer 25erlegenl)eit, 
tt)enn ©ie il)ren Sebicnten it>egfd)t(len nnb einen 
anberen nel)mcn." I^ie ernjie ?el)re biefer (iv'^al^f 
Inng i{t: mv miiflfen bieUrfad)en micv Uebel, itber 
wekvic mv nn^ beffagen, nid}t augerl)alb, fon* 
b e rn in n n ^ f e I b jl, in nnferem eigencn .^er^ 
^en an^iiben nnb fie ^ n b e f e i t i g e n f n d) c n, 
ttjenn wiv frci nnb gliicflid) fein iDoUen. 

(So l)oren unr gnmeilen ^lagen uon ^iniranbc^? 
rern, it)e(d)e, nad) einem fnqen 5Uifentl)aItc in hie^ 
fern ?anbe, nnb obne bie ^D^inbefte ^enntni^ i)on 
bemfelben nnb feinen (5inrid)tnngen ^n beftijen, ein 
dicd^t aiif t)ic ^efriebignng alter ihrer ^iinfdje ^n 
{)aben ijermeinen, nnb tt»eld)e, n?enn ]lc fid) in biefen 
i()rcn ^rmartnngen gctanfd)t jtnben, bann jn ben 
unbiUigllen S3efd)tt>erben iiber ibre nene i^age fid) 
l)inrei^^en lajfen, tt)abrenb ii^eber hie Ungeredjtigfeit 
il)rer 9ftebenmenfd)en, nod) t)ie ^[yjangeniaftigfeit ber 
biirgerlid)en (5inrid)tnngen bie mal)re Urfad)e il)rer 
Un^nfrieben ()eit finb, fonbern i()r eigener TtawQcl 
an ?eben^n)eit>l)eit, i^re eigene Unfenntnig ber 3Sers» 



63 

and immediately repaired to his general, complain* 
ing, that his honor was lost/ and that he should be 
unable" to lemain'^ any longer in a city, where he 
was well known as the Captain N. and adding at the 
same time, that the most painful^ thing of all was, 
to be called henceforth^ by his servant no longer 
" Captain " but " Lieutenant." The general, doubt- 
less*^ a man of tact, gave him the conciliating' advice : 
"You will be free fiom this trouble, if you send off* 
your servant and take another." The moral of this 
story is this : We must seek the reasons of the many 
evils, of which we complain, not abroad,'-' but in our- 
selves^ in our own hearty and endeavor^" to remove 
them, if we wish to be free and happy. 

So we hear sometimes complaints of immi- 
grants, who, after a short stay^^ in this country, and 
without any correct^" idea of it and its institutions, 
believe, that they have the right to enjoy all their 
wishes, and when they faiP'^ in this expectation, they 
resort to the most perverse^"* complaints of their new 
situation, while neither the injustice^'^ of their fellow- 
men, nor the imperfection^^ of the civil institutions of 
which they complain, are the true reason of their 

1 vcrlcfet. — 2 nujjcr ©tantc, unfaf)ig. — 3 ttcifccn, ^utucts 
btcibcn. — 4 fd)mcv^(id). — 5 fcrtan. — G o^nc 3ivcifc(, ^ivcis 
fclicf% — 7 ycrmittctnt^, bcfanfttgcnb. — 8wc9fcl)ic!cn, nOs 
fcl)affcn. — 9 nuj^ivart^. — 10fid)0cnuil)cn. — 11 tcr^fufs 
cntl)att. — 12rtd)tici. — 13 [id) tau[d)cn. — 14 t^crfcOvt. — 
15 i)ic Un9crcd)ti9fcit. — 16 tiicUni^cUEonuncnfjcit. 



64 

^filtrnffe, if)r ?eibenfrf)afteit unb if)v Un»erffaiit>. 
jflciw, ungeftiime^ 5tnfdmpfen gegen tie l)ier befle^* 
l)enbe Drbnuitcj ber 25inge ifl ujeber ber 'IBeg ^iir 
^ugeub uub ^um ©liicfe be^ (Jin^clnen, nocf) ^u ben 
offeutIid)eii 3^eformen, n)e(rf)e iiorl) tbiiit. 
„5Scvt)cn wif nut' \dbct bcffer, 
SBic Oa(t) ii)irt) 2(llc6 bcffcv fcin '/' 
•^i?agt \nx^ mit ben SSerbejTeriin^en nn itn^ fefbjlt 
ben 3(nfang mad)en ; la^t nn^ anf jene (Sjebanfen 
unb (^mpjtnbnngen 3Seqtct)t leiilen, tDomit eine nn* 
g{ncflicl)e ^b'ergangcnbeit nnfer llrtt)ci( bcfangen ge? 
mad)t nnb nnfer @efnl)( crbittert bat ; ia§t nn^ 
gnerfl aUc nnfere jtrdfte ber (Srfiidnng nnferer 
^flirf)ten wibmcn, nnb bann nad) ten dicd)tcn m\$ 
umfe()en, tie nn^ nnb 3cbcrmann 9ebnl)ren* 31^ 
gnm 33eifptel (Btol^ ein ^tnberni^ nnfere^ ©(iicfe^, 
(agt nnd bemntl)t(} nnb befd^eiben merben; i(t c^ 
^rdgl)ett, ia^t nn^ flcipig fern ; ift c^ i*etbenfd)aft# 
nd)feit, ia^t nn^S bte .s^elTfd)aft iibev nnd felbj^ Qe^ 
tt)innen ; i]t e^ Unmd^igfcir, (a^H nn^ nnd)tern nnb 
md^ig werben ; ift e^ "OD^mc^el an ^efd^dftic^nn.q, 
la^t nn^ nnfere j^rdfte uerboppein, nm nn^ l)ev)oe>v^ 
gntl)nn ; ift e^ 9J^^n(]eI an grennben, ta$t \m6 lie^ 
ben^njiirbig nnb tren fcin ; i|t c£> .s>cimmeh nnb ta^ 
&efii[)i ber t^infamfeit, lagt nni^ cin (cbbafte^ 3ni» 
tereflfe an biefcm i*anbc nub fciner %\>l){fahrt ne()^ 
men nnb fo nn^ eine S^eimati) \)iev b:reiren ; — 
aber biefe^ ^lllc^ ia^t nn^ fur geringfiigig Mten, 
tt)ofern nidu ber (3ei]t ber Dielicjion nnfer S^cv^ 



65 

dissatisfaction/ but their own want of practical wis- 
dom, their own ignorance, their own passions and 
indiscretion.- No, impetuous aggression^ on the state 
of things whicii is estabhslied here, is neither the 
way to private virtue and happiness, nor to public 
reforms which are needed. 

" As we ourselves grow better and better, 
" So grow better and better things around"* us." 
21 Let us begin the reformation in ourselves : let us 
renounce*^ those ideas and sentiments, Avitli whicli an 
unfortunate*^ past'' has prejudiced our judgment and 
embittered our feelings ; let us at first devote all our 
power to the performance of our duties, and then 
look out for the rights which are due to us and 
mankind. If tlien it is pride* which is an obstacle 
to our welfare, let us become humble'' and meek /"if 
it is idleness, let us become industrious; if it is pas- 
sion, let us become self-possessed;" if it is intemper- 
ance,^- let us become sober''' and temperate;'* if it is 
want of employment,'^ let us double"' our energies in 
order to excel;" if it is want of friends, let us be 
amiable and true; if it is the feeling of loneliness 
and homesickness, let us take a lively interest in 
this country and its well-being, and thus make us 

1 tic lln,5ufvict)cn()cit.— 2 tier nnt>cr|tnnt.— .3 fcor^fngriff 
— 4 vinc\j;unu — 5 iH'r^icbton, nb(cc\cn. — 6 unqlurflicb. — 7 
tie ^:i?crc\anc\cn()cit. — 8 tcr (Src(v — 9 tciiuitbia. — 10 fanft 
— 11 .ybcvr iiOcr fid) fc(b|t. — 12 Mc llninutjic^folr. — 1.3 niicl)' 
tern.— 14 malng^ —15 t)ic Scfcbaftigung. — 16 tjcrteppctn 
—17 fict) au^s"<l)"^'"* 



66 

burd^bnugt, itufere (gcbvitte Icitet nut) uiifcre s)cfff 
muiQcw rtiirft iinb uufmi ti3inurf)t alle iiniere \h\^ 
ternebimini]cii bem iSctieu tcr allwaltciiDeu Sov^ 
fct)itiig (SJoitet^ aubcau jlteaen ; bcnn „wo bcr ^^crr 
jtidit ba^ .onu^ baiu; fo arbciteii umfouft, bie fcarau 
baiu'u. Ui?o bcr .\>crr nid^t bte iStabt bcbutcr ; fo 
n?ad)er bcv Ul^ad)ter unifoujt." .turj, wir nui|Tcii 
widn benfcn, fca^ tie Ui^elt ftd) urn iin^ unb unfcrc 
©eDvUifeii [)enimbrcht; wir imiffcn m\^ bavaii 
crinuerii, ba^ \x)ir iiid)t bcnifeu u^Drbtu ftnb, iu 
biefes^ l*anb bcntbcr^ufiMnmcu, wcbcr alt? ^^evbejTe^ 
rer brr ©t'felie, nod) al^ (Sterev bci:^ gricbcui^ luib 
ba^ wir bie hciltge ^i5evptlid)tmi(^ babcu, pfiid)ltrcue 
S3uri3er s» wevben luib bcit ©efd^en midicjeu (53el)or^ 
fam gii Iciil^en. 

2[>or atlcm biirfcn n)ir nid)t vergcjTen, ba^^ etu 
©cfct^, fo laitge at^ ed beflcl)t, lutDeridiltd) (]chalrcii 
iDcrbeu jmi|5; bciui bie fd^limmften 5-oii]en anirbcit 
barau^ ciuftebcn, ware e^ nid)tfo. S^Gcnn iibni3en^ 
cin ©efcl^ fel)(erl)aft befiiubeu wirb, baini gibr c^ 
emeu ciijcncu ®erid)t^l)of, e^ absiifd)affciK lint) 
tt)er mag Icugnen, ba^ aUc menfd)(id)en (^)efcBc un=* 
Dolifommcn fuib mib wn 3cit 311 3eit SScrboffevuii^ 
gen bebiu'fcn, in Uebcreiuftimnunig foivol)! nut beu 
gort[d)vitteu bc^ Beit.qeift^, aid mit ben nnwanbef^ 
baren "ii>al)rl)eiten ber Dteligion ? 



67 

a home here; — but all this let us consider of 
little avail, unless the spirit of religion penetrates 
our heart, guides' our paths";ind strengthens our hopes, 
and unless we do not depend in all our undertakings 
on God's providential blessings; for "except the Lord 
build the house, they l.ibor in vain^ that build it: 
except the Loid keep the city, the watchman* waketh* 
but in vain." 

In fine, we must not think that the world turns 
according to our notions,^ and we must remember 
also, that we have come to this country, not 
called here, either as reformers'' of the laws, or as 
disturbers^ of the peace, and that we aro under the 
most sacred obligation to become dutifuP citizens 
and to submit cheerfully'*^ to the laws. 

Above all, then, we must keep in memory, that 
a law, as long as it exists, must be inviolable, for the 
very worst of consequences would ensue" if it were 
otherwise. If, however, a law is seen to be wrong, 
there is a proper tribunal to annul it. And who will 
deny, that all human laws may be imperfect and 
require amendments from time to time according to 
the progressing'^ spirit of the age, as well as to the 
immutable'' principles of religion .'* 



1 tcitcn. — 2 bcr Sd)ritt. — 3 umfcnjt. - - 4 t)cc 2Bact)tcr. 
— 5 ivnd)cn. — 6 t)fr GJotnnfc, bic (Stntilbiinp. — 7 fcct 
aScrOcfTcvcr. — 8 bcr <Kii()C)loccr, (g^tcrcr. — 9 pflicbttrcu, 
gcf)cr|am. — 10 fro()(id), frcf). — U crfctgcn. — 12 fott» 
fd^rcitcnt). — 13 umvanbclOar. 



68 

22. X)er fnfrf)e 5infommIing an^ ^dubern, tie 
nntev bem X)riicfe bcv ^itlfiil)r[)errfd)aft feuf^en 
unb trer fclbft biefen 2)nicf cmpfmibeu l)at, ifl Ieict)t 
ber @cfal)r au^^gefe^t, Don einem (Jrfreme iu'^ an^ 
bere ^u fallen, unb ba feine SScgrijfe t)on 9J2cnfrf)en^ 
red)t nnb ^cnfd)enn>nrbc nid)t bie gel)orige 5(u^bi(* 
bung erlangt l)aben, grcil)cit mit BiiQtllofiVjfcit, cbcr 
bem 9led)te ju tl)un, mad il)m gcfdttt, gu Deiwecl)^ 
feln. 

^te grcil)cit bicfcd ?anbcd ift bie ^ivfun.q ]\n{if 
rf)en @el)orfamd gegcn cin ©cfel^, tve[ct)ci1 [cine ^^hv 
tvobner aid binbenb fiir ftd) unb ^cbermann aner? 
fannten. (5ie evlangten bicfe yV^'ciii^it i"it niduuii^ 
iber (5n(-fd)Io|]eul)eit nnb gcnoffcu ibvc griicbtc mit 
ri?L'ifcr ^IRd§ic]ung. ^ie greibeit bier \?erbanfl: ibr 
v^urilehen nid)t irgenb cincr pIol>{id)cn 5Uifrc,qung 
unb 5lufn)a((un{3 bcr®cfiible, fonbcrn eincr rubii]eu 
unb forgfdltigcn CfnDdgnng ber ©riinbe nnb einem 
ernften, tief(]efiiblten 2>erlani]cn, mabrbaft frci ju 
njerben. I^iefcd 35ev(ani]en nad) /Vi'<^^f)fif it>nrbe 
^endbrt im ji'reife einer jcben gamilie, in ben Sd)n* 
len unb ^'ird)en unb bnrd) eine i>crftdnbige, leiben* 
fd)aftillofe ^\re|ye. di^ war ber &ci\t ber 8elbfibe* 
i)crrfd)ung unb (£elbRrerIen(]unng, u>cld)er eine 
grud)t bcr^Keligion ifi:, iDobnid) bie cblcn ^]>atrioren 
Don 1775 nnb ben folgeuben ^ahren ben (^ieg ubcr 
ibrc mdd)tiqen y^cinbe bauon trugen; unb fo langc 
biefer religiofe (Sinn, n)e{d)er ben @ei|l er(end)tet 
unb bad ^ebcu uerebelt, unter ibren ^iMirgern betlcl)t, 



69 

22. The emigrant from a foreign land, who has 
lived under the oppression of Despotism, is in danger 
of falling from one extreme into another, and, as he 
lias not been properly' enlightened^ in respect to hu- 
man rights, and the dignity of man, he is quite apt 16 
regard^ liberty as nothing more or less ihan reck- 
lessness,"* or the privilege of doing ns he pleases. 

The freedom of this country is the result of moral 
obedience to a law, which its inhabitants recognized* 
as binding upon them and all men. They asserted* 
this fieedom with manly firmness, and enjoyed its 
fruits with wise moderation. The first appearance of 
freedom here was caused not by im.pulse^ or feeling, 
hut by a calm and careful consideration of reasons, 
by an earnest and heartfelt^ desire to become free in- 
deed. This desire for freedom was nourished at 
every fireside,^ in the public schools, and in the pul- 
pit,^" and by a sober'^ minded^' press. It was by that 
self-governing and self-denying'^ spirit, which is a 
fruit of religion, that the noble patriots of 1775, and 
the follow^ing years, gained the victory over power- 
ful enemies; and as long as this spirit of religion, 
which enlightens the mind and purifies'^ tlie life, ex- 

1 gcl)oci9. — 2 Qufflarcn. — .3 6ctrad)tcn. — 4 tic (ccrg^ 
iofigfcit, Sugcnefigfcit. — 5 ancrfcnncn. — 6 bcfiaiiptcn, 
atangcn. — 7 tec ?(utricO, Scang. — 8 f)fr^(id), rtcfp,cfu()(t. 

— 9 t)cc .pectb, jtamin. — 10 t)ic .^lan^cl. — U iui:l)ti'rn, 

— lagcfinnt. — 13 fid) fdOft lu'rtcugiu'nt. — 14 rcinicicn. 



70 

fo (aitgc tvivb biefe groge Dflepublif blu()eu itnb ge^ 
t)eil)eu. ©laubc 9iiemanb, fd)on barum ein giiter 
S3itr(5er ^u feiii, tocil er in bicfcm freien ?aiibe Icbe 
unb bie D^C(i)te eine^ freien S3ur(]cr^ gentege ober 
Weil er in nngemejTenen 3ln(^briicfcn anfgnrften 
unb it)re X5iener lo^giebe. 9iein, mer frei fein miU, 
mng nid)t nnr bte griicbte i>cn bem S3anme ber 
grci()eit ejyen, fonbern and) fcine ^nr^eln bcgiefjen 
unb nid)t nnr fcine ^-ntriifiung gcc\en jcbc Unter? 
briicfunc] an )^cn Zciq (egen, tvc(d)c^ eine iei&jte 
(^ad)Q ijl in biefem ?anbe, fonbern fcine ^iebe ^u 
biefer Union, ibren ©efcl^en nnb ^inridjtnngen, and) 
burd) fein ?eben bemeifen* 

23. a^ \\i t)ielteid)t fi'ir mand]e i:)en(fd)e tie 
IBarnnng 'oon ciner attgn c^rogen 3hifre.qnn(] ober 
^anati^mnd, fowol)! in SSc^nc] anf ^)o(itif a(^ anf 
9f{eligion, bier nid)t am nnred)ten Orte, 

Ungliid(id)e ?i}2enfd)en forool)! aU ung[iic?(id)e 
SSoIfer finb l)ier^n gerne gcncigt. y. mel)r ber S3o^ 
ben be^ dM)t^ nnb be^ ©(iidc^ i{)nen nnter ben 
giigen weggegogen n)irb, befto bitterer merbcn bie 
^IBorte, ttjoniit fie il)ren tjcrlel^ten ®cfiU)(cn ?uft 
mad)en. 3e mel)r fie ben ^D^an.qcl mirf(id)er 9ied)te 
cmpfinben, be)lo mchr finb ^ic gcneigt, fTd) mit 
pl)antaftifd)en (gi)|temen, ben ^>rebnften pI)i(ofepi)i^ 
fd)er gorfdjnngen, tt)eld)c anf (Srben nie iiern?irf(id)t 
merben fonnen, s« tdnfd)en ; nnb bicfc ^Vin^ipicn 
pflegen jic mit einer ^eftigfeit ^n uerfofgen nub 



71 

ists among its citizens, so long will this great Repub- 
lic flourish and increase. Let no one expect to be- 
come a good citizen merely by living in this free 
country and enjoying the lights of a free citizen, or 
by abusing^ in unmeasured terms'^ Despots and their 
menials."' No; whoever wishes to be free, must not 
only eat the fruits of the tree of liberty, but also 
water its roots, and not only show his indignation* 
sgainst oppression, which is an easy matter in this 
country, but also prove, hj his life^ his love to this 
Union, its laws and institutions. 

23. It is perhaps a proper place here, to warn 
many a German against too great excitement and fa- 
naticism,^ both in matters of politics and religion. 

Unhappy men, as well as unhappy nations, are vcrj 
prone^ to this. Tiie more the basis of right and hap. 
piness is taken away from under their feet, the more 
excited become the words, by which they give vent' 
to their wounded feelings. The more they feel the 
want of real privileges, the more inclined they are to 
delude' themselves with fancifuP systems founded en 
metaphysical speculation, which never can be realized 
on earth ; and they are apt to maintain these princi- 



1 fcl)impfcn,(a[tcrn. — 2 bcr 2Cuf>t)rucf. — 3 t)a«o ©cfinbc, 
t)cr ®c()u(fc, 2>icncr. — 4 Mc' Sntriillung. —- 5 Vxt ©rs 
btttcrung, t)cr ^anati>omu^^. — 6 (^cncigt. — 7 tic 2uft. — 
8 tciufd)cn. — 9 cin9c0itt)ct, p^antaftifcf). 



72 

fefl^ur)alten, wcldje mit i\)xev Uitau^ful)r&arfeit m 
gleictiem 2Serl)dltnijTe |^et)t. 

^Bie «ngered)t iinb lieblo^ jTitb bod) gutDeiJeu bte 
Urtbeile mand)er ^Vrfonen, iiamcntltd) foId)er, bie 
jtod) jiid)t lange im ?anbe jTub, in 5infel)mi9 il)rcr 
5D2itmenfd)en unb ber Siijldnbe il)rcr SSergangenlieit; 
n?ie gcrne gefaUcn fie fTd) barin, 5lnbercn alie 
ed)ulb auftuburben, wd()rcub ein Seber f(d) felbfl 
gumeift anflagcn fotltc, unb wie leid)t ycvblcnbcu 
^artl)eil)a^ cber veligiofe Sornrtl}ei(e ii)v gefunbe^ 
Urtbeil iiber 2)in(]e, vx>cld)e ibnen nod) fremb ftnb 
«nb xveWfjC jTc erft mit3Sorf(d)t priifen folUen, urn jTe 
bejTer fcnnen gn lernen. 

^JDJoge barum ber ®ei|l ber5D^dgic)ung,berS5efd)ei^ 
benbeit unb SSorfid)r jlet^ iiber un^ walten ; nibge 
rege 'iBi^^begierbe hie (gtelle eine^ t)orfd)neIIen Ur^ 
tl)eil^ erfeJ^en ; mbge (^intradjt unb ^iCobliuotleu 
alle i^er^en »erbinben unb ber '•IBunfd), ®ute^ ^u 
tbnn, tk bofen ©eijler be^ Sy-i^c^ nnb ber 3wie^ 
trad)t fiir immer entmajfnen ! 

24. ^Jiid)t(^ aber erbd(t ben &ci]t freier »on 
ben i^erberblid)en (^inflnffcn ber Slngenwett nnb 
fd)ul^t ibn mel)r i)or ^i>er|Ud)nngen, al^ Drbnnng 
unb (5infad)l)eit in ber ?ebeni^meife, ©enngfamfeit 
unb 9J?d^igfeit in aUen ©eniiffen ; fnrg, eine jlrcn* 
jje 3nd)t in 5aifebnnj} bei^ ^'orper^, — unb bicfe 
tl)Ut mclen nnferer !i?ai^^(ente noti). 

^ie in 2)entfd)Ianb nnter alien ©tdnben, jumal 
ben gebilbeteren, l)errfd)eube (SJeuupfud)t trdgt uic^t 



73 

pies with a violence proportioned* to their impracti* 
cability." 

How unjust and unkind^ is sometimes the judg- 
ment of persons, especially those who have not been 
long in the country, in regard to their fellow men, or 
the circumstances of the past. How readily do they 
impute'' all blame to others, while each one should 
rather accuse himself; and how easily does the spirit 
of party or religious prejudices blind^ their sound 
reasoning^ on things which are still new to them, and 
which they ought to examine cautiously, in order to 
know them more thoroughly. 

May therefore the spirit of moderation, modesty 
and caution, always rule over us; may an active de- 
sire for instruction prevail, instead of hasty judg- 
ment ; may concord and good will unite all hearts, 
and the wish to do good disarm for ever the bad 
spirit of hatred and discord ! 

24. Nothing, however, keeps our mind more free 
from the pernicious influences of the outward world, 
and secures it from temptations, than order and 
simplicity in the manner of life, temperance and fru- 
gality in all enjoyments; in fine, a strong discipline in 
regard to the body, — and in this respect many of our 
countrymen are greatly wanting. 

The desire for amusements, prevailing in Germa- 
ny, among all classes of the people, especially the 

1 in: ^;Scr()a(tni|i jitcf)cnt). — 2 bic llnausfii^rtarfcit. —3 
unfrcuntlict).— 4 bctmcffcn.— 5 cerblcn^cn.— 6 ta^ Uctfjcil. 



74 

tie geriitgjle (2cf)iUb an bem Serfatte iinferc^ ^atev^ 
(anbe(^ uitb an bem ^i^Itngcu aUcr fcirl)eriger 
greil)eit^beflrebungen. X^ort wirb bcr Serbraurf) 
(jeiftiger ©etranfe wn ben Dicgicruugcn gerabc^u 
bcforbert, tljdi^ al^ cine erqicbij^e Ducile bc^ (Jin^ 
fommen^, ol)nc )vdd)c tic fo fojlfpiefigc intb fiinjl:^ 
lid)e (5taat^mafrf)ine faiim erbalten n)erbcn fonnte, 
tl)cii^ ah$ ein Sdjiilpinittct gcgen bie ^ja.qen iinb 
523eft1)iDerbeii be^ armcu fciucr eblcren dXcd)tc imb 
reinereu ©cuuflfe Don ibnen beraubtcn 2>oIfe^. 
gajl ciu 3fber licbt bort bie greibcit, ober c^ibt t)k6 
gum wenigfieu ijor ; aber ill and) ein 3t?bcr bcreif, 
au^ ?iebe gur greibeit auf jene fffaDifd)e ^AbijauQiQ^ 
hit 'om jTniiItd)cn Serc^niigitngen gu i)er5id)ten, 
tt)e(d)e fcine (5elbjifud)t ibm aufcrfegt ? ^eflel)t 
bie grcibeitdliebc ^Sicler \\id)t febr l)diittg n n x in 
bem SSertancjen itad) einer grc»§eren 5(u^bebniin(] 
irbifdievSebciii^geninTe unb ber 5!}Jittel l)ier5n, Qicid)^ 
me in ben fpdteren Zaqen be^ a(tcn ^om ber 9»?uf : 
,,^rob unb ©piele" ('' Panem et Circenses ") t)on bCrt 

^i)i^cn be^ cntarteten SSoIf^ erfd)attte? 

25. X;ie 25crgni'i,qung^fud)t ijl (Ict^ ber fTd)cre 
Sorbote unb Segleiter bet^ naben Serfatt^ einc^ 
SSolfe^ ober einci^ cingelnen ?0?cnfd)en (^enjefen. 
Slber ber erileed)ritt gur wal)vcn 5vretl)cit ijl, .^err 
fiber nn^ fetbj^ ^n wcrben, bad bei^t, unfere ^iiite 
jeglid)er 5lrt unter tic 5:»errfd)aft iTtttid)n'eri(^iofer 
©runbfa^e gu bringen, unfere SScbihfnijTe cinju* 



75 

more educated,' is not the least cause of the decay* 
of our Fatherland, and of the failure of all the strug- 
gles which have been made, up to the present time 
tor freedom. There the consumption^ of spirituous 
liquors'* is openly favored by the governments, not 
only on account^ of its being a rich source of income, 
without which the expensive*^ and artificiaF machine- 
ry of the state could hardly exist, but also because 
they consider it as a palliative against the com- 
plaints of the poor people, whom they have deprived 
of their nobler privileges and purer enjoyments. 
There almost every one loves freedom, or at least pre- 
tends to do so; but is every one also ready to re- 
nounce, for the sake of freedom, that bondaijc to 
sensual pleasures which his selfishness imposes upon 
him? Does not tlieir love of freedom very often 
merely consist in a desire for the greater amount of 
their woildly enjoyments and the means of procuring 
them, as in the latter days of Rome of old, the cry 
"Bread and games" ("Pnnem et Circenses") re- 
sounded from the lips of the degraded people ? 

25. Sensuality has always been the certain fore- 
runner and companion of the approaching ruin ot 
a nation or an individual. But the first step towards 
true freedom is to become mas'ers of ourselves ; 
that is, to bring our desires of, every description, un- 
der the dominion of moral and religious principle ; to 

1 cr;5cacn,c^c(>il^l't.— 2 ^ct !i3[scrfaW.— 3tft 3?cr(n'a«d>. 
— 4 t)a^ ©ctranfc. — 5 ivccjciu — 6 fcjtfpicltg. — 7 f Unfitic^., 



76 

fcf)rdnFeit uitb cin Jtucf)terne^, magige^, avbcit\ame^ 
unb red)tfd)affene^ ^chen ^u fn()ren. 

2Benn rviv fo ben @ei|l in nn^ anfnehmen, in 
n)cld)em biefe D^cpnblif (^egriinbet wart), unb wcU 
rf)em jTe il)v bcifpiettefe^ ^ad)^tl)nm ycrbanfr, bann 
tt>erben n>ir wiirbicje (Jrben jener eblcn ^atriofcn, 
bic mit fo t)ic(en 'I^iil)en nnb ©efahren, ja fclbfi 
mit il)vcm i^ergbhite, bie greibeit nnb Unabl)an(3ig^ 
feit bicfe^^ ^antc^ errnngen l)abcn. 

26. ^er gro^e Untcrfd)ieb ^wifdjen 5!}?onarcl)ie 
xtnb JKcpnblif ijl bcr, bag in Icl^tercv aik @m>a(t 
in ben i^dnben be^ SBolfe^ rnl)t nnb »on ibm obcr 
feincn gefci^(id)en Drganen (©teU»ertretern ober 
^ienern) an^ge[)t 5;»ier it)erben bie ©efel^e »om 
SSolfe felbR (jemad)t bnrd) feine SDrgane, bie bnrd^ 
feinen ei(:{enen freien ^^iUen fiir fnr^e ^cit^ nnb 
bnvd) ()dnfi,qe 5i>al)Ien ba^n beftimmt nnb an^eflettt 
tt)erben. Db eine fo(d)e D^egiernng^form beffcr fei 
ai^ eine ^onaxd)ie, l)dngt Don bem ®ciiie ab, ber 
ba^ c^a^e SSoIf bnrd)brin(]t. 

,/5d) bin ber (Btaat," (I'etat, c'est moi !) fagtc 
einjt ber Se^pot ?nbwig ber3Sier^ebnte Don granf^ 
reid), nnb 5i}?etternid), ber Dielgepriefene ©raat(^:» 
wann ber nnbefd)rdnften giirftengeivalt nnfere^ 
2al)rl)nnbert^, erfldrte in dl)n(id)er ^eife: ,,2IUe^ 
fiir ta^ 25olf, nid)t^ bnrd) ba^ SSoIf" (' Omnia pro 
populo, nihil per populum" War fein ^Bablfprnd)), 
ttjobei nnter bem ^IBorte „3Solf" einmat \>a^ „\yon 
©ottei^ ©naben" Derliebene @igentl)nm fnrfllid)er 



77 

moderate our wants and to load sober/ temperate, 
industrious and honest lives. 

If thus wo enter into the spirit in which this Re* 
public was founded, and to wliich it owes its unpa- 
ralleled^ growth,^ then we shall become worthy heirs* 
f those noble patriots, who with so many toils and 
perils, even with their hearts' blood, achieved^ the 
freedom and independance of this country. 

2G. The great difference between a Monarchy 
and a Republic is, that in the latter all the power re- 
poses in the hands of the people and emanates^ from 
them or their legitimate^ organs. Here the laws are 
made by the people themselves, through agents free- 
ly appointed for short periods by fiequent elections. 
Whether such a form of government be better than a 
Monarchy, depends upon the spirit which penetrates* 
the whole people. 

" I am the state!'' ("Tetat, c'est moi !") said once 
the Despot Louis XIV of France ; and Metternich, 
the much praised statesman of the absolutism of our 
century, declared in a similar sense, " All for the peo- 
ple, nothing through the people," ("omnia pro popu- 
lo, nihil per populum,") meaning, by the word " peo- 
ple," in the first place, the property given to Piinces 

1 nuc()tcvn. — 2 bcifincdcx^. — 3 9©acf)»otf)unu — 4 feer 
@rbo. — 5 cnucrbcn, crcingcn. — 6 QU^ogclycu. — 7 gcfc^ticl). 
— 8 t>iircl)t)rin9cn. 



78 

^erfoneit, i[)vc 50?arf)f, tbr (Jinflu^ unb bcr ©(aitj 
il)rer 2Ji)naRie; ^um nnbcren ^)3?a(e beinahe ^vieber 
bajTelbc, iidmfid) bie (^>cfammtl)cir ber rtcucrptlid)ti^ 
gen Untcrtbancn, n?e(d)c (]el)ord)cn m ii ff e n, uneber 
giirjl: ebcr cine (5d)cin?(5LMi)titntion e^ oorfd)rcibt, 
Dcrjianben tvirb. ©ottlob, wix leben in fcmcm 
fo(d)en ?anbe mebr ! ^Qiv lebcn in cinent Vanbe, 
ivo cin jeber ^^iirger ahS ^Lnivcrain betrad)tet n>irb, 
ter nnr ben (Sn'fel^cn ®otte^ unb bcr ^'cpnblif &c^ 
l)ovfani fd)nlbi.9 ift. T^ad feuvcraine T^oit mng 
aber cin beJTci'cr unb weifcrer .^crr fcin, aid giirilen 
wnb ibrc ^Jcitbe ftnb, uhmiu c^ niit dbvcn bcvrfd)cu 
unb bcllcben fi^U. din frau56iTfd)er ©taati^nianu 
unb n.M)iIofopb/ ?0?eutet^quien, fac|t in fcinem benibm^j 
ten ^erfe, „ber ^eijlbcr (53cfcl)c"(L'E<prii des lois) 
febr wabr, bad ©runbprinjip ber 9J?onard)ie fei 
bie ttom !X:brone audficbcnbe du§cre (i{)vc, ba^ 
ber 9icpnb(if ba.qc(]en t^ie Xi\(\e\\h ibrer 5?i'tr(]er» 
3u ibren retigiofeu nub |Ttt(id)cn (5)rnnbfdt;cn, in 
ibrcm biebcren (5barafter, nnb bcfonberd in beii 
JTuqenben ber 2SafcrtanbdIicbc, bed g(cif5ct>, bcr 
gjJd^igfcir nnb ©cniiAfamfcit liecjt ibrc (Srdrfc, nnb 
fob«ilb bicfe (5i,qcnfd)afron nntcr ben ^iu;qern gii 
befteben anfburcn, bann i^t ed einer(ei, mcld)eii 
5Tiamcn ebcr Xitel ^ii^ \)bd){tc (Btaatd.qcwatt fiibrt; 
bann wirb bcdi factifd) ta6 Monic{t{)nm berrfdien, 
tt)cnn and) vicllcid)t nntcr er50?adfe rcpnblifanifd)cr 
gormcn, n)ie c^ unter ben r5mifd)cu 5taifcru ber 
gaU war. 



79 

"by the o^race' of God," their power ana influence, 
and the splendor" of their Dynasty ; and in the second 
place, nearly^ the same; that is, the wliole sum of tri- 
butary ■* subjects, Avliich must obey wliatever tlic 
Prince or a Mock-Constitution prescribes. God be 
praised, that we no longer live in such a countr}' ! We 
live in a country where every citizen is considered as 
a sovereij]^n, bound only to obey the laws of God and 
of the commonwealth.'^ But the people must be bet- 
ter and wiser sovereii^ns than the princes and their 
abettors'' are, if they expect to sustain their dominioa 
honorably.' 

Montesquieu, a French statesman and philosopher, 
truly remarks in his celebrated work, entitled " The 
Spirit of laws, " ("L'Esprit des lois,") that the es- 
sential principle of a Monarchy is the honor emixmit- 
ing from the throne, but that of a Republic the vir- 
tue of its citizens. 

Their strength lies in religious and moral principles, 
in upright character, and especially in patiiotism, in- 
dustry, temperance and frugjility ; and as soon as 
those qualities cease to exist in a nation, it matters* 
not by what name the supreme power is called ; it 
will be a real Monarchy, though^ perhaps masked'" by 
the forms of Republicanism, — as was the case under 
the Roman Emperors. 

1 Mc ®nnt>i-. — *2^cr (l)(an;5. — 3 t>oinar)>.',fnft. — 4 m^f 
pfticbtio, ftoucrpff u-brici. — 5 Mc JKcpuOtif. — 6 ^cr !!Buttc(. 
— 7 cbvcnrcU.— Sglcutciiiltig. — ycbglcicb. — 10 !?vTt)cc!t. 



80 

27. "^ic bie ^epublif ciitcm jeben il)rcr 33ur* 
ger 0leui)e 9?ed)tc nub g(eid)en ©et]eu anbictet, fo 
IcQt jTc and) eiuem jcbcn Qkid)c ^^id)tcn auf. @tn 
Seber ift tjerbiinben, ba^ ®cfe$ ju bcobarf)teit, ba^J 
SSol)( ber ©efammtbeit ^u beforbern unb bie 5yeinbe 
b^r D'^epublif gu befdmpfen. (iiiuv il)rer grogtcn 
geinbc aber i(l ba^^ entjTttlidjeiibc unb ycrbcrb(id)e 
H^cx ber Unmd^icjf eit. ^ie gevjlorenben 
Sffiirfungeu biefe^ ?aflcv^, n)eld)e tdglid) bent S^eob^ 
ad)ter in bie 3lngen fallen nnb beren enonne <Bimu 
nte Don ^(er^ten, ^pital^ unb 2irmenl)an^»ermal^ 
tern, @efan(]enmdrtern unb anberen ijffent(id)en 
^rfcnen in fd^anbererregenben B^^^^^i^ jdhrlid) be^ 
glanbic^t tverben, fottten jebcn guten S3iir(]cr anfen* 
crn, mit alter ^raft ftd) feincr weitcrcn SSerbreirung 
^n iviberfel^en, unb fo cine ber jldrfflcn Dnellen ber 
5(vmutl) unb be^ 5>erbred)en(^ Deri^cpfen gu l^elfen. 

28. T)ie 9J^d^i(3feit(^==@efeafd)afteu baben biefc 
cl)reuyeKc 5lufgabe iibernommeu, unb ec^ faun uur 
ba^ befd)rdnftefte SSorurtheil cber tk bo^wtlligjte 
@elb(lfnd)t fid) il)rem fe.9endreid)eu ^iGirfen entj^e* 
genjleUen. din 3fber folltee^ jum itjcnigilen einfe^* 
l)en, ba§ biefe ©efellfd)aften unenblid) i>tel Uebel uer^ 
I)inbern, cine ber 5;^anpr|tiU3en ber^?epublif,namlid) 
bie lugenben ber (5infad)l)eit, be^ gleij^ed, ber (Bpar* 
(amfeit unb ©eniigfamfcit, befeftigen nnb l)ierburd) 
©cf«nbl)eif,^Bol)lftanb unb ®liid beforbern l)c{fci\ 

(^6 i\l iubeffen mabr, mand)er Don s^aii^ an^ 
tiicl)r an ein (Tnnlid)e^ ©enn^leben (jervohnte ^cnt^ 



81 

27. As the Republic has in store for every one of 
its citizens equal rights and blessings, so it imposes* 
upon every one equal duties. Every one is bound^ to 
observe the law, to promote the welfare of the whole, 
and to defend the Republic against its enemies. But 
one of its greatest foes is the demoralizing and perni- 
cious vice of drunkenness. Tiie ruinous effects of 
this vice, which arc daily seen by all observers, and 
the fearfuP amount of which is annually stated by 
physicians, overseers^ of hospitals and poor-houses, 
keepers'* of prisons, and other public persons, should 
induce" every good citizen to counteract its farther 
spread with all his energ}^ and in so doing, aid in stop- 
ping^ one of the chief sources of poverty and crime. 

28. The Temperance Societies have taken upon 
themselves this honorable mission,^ to whose benefi- 
cial'" operations only narrow-minded'^ prejudice or 
malicious'^ selfishness can be opposed. 

Every one should be aware at least, that these so- 
cieties prevent an infinite amount of evil, support one 
of the main piHars of the Republic, to wit, the vir- 
tues of simplicity, industrj', economy and frugality, 
and in this manner promote health, wealth and hap- 
piness. 

1 aufcrtcgcn. — 2 rtcrOunbcn. — 3 furil)t6ar, !Sct)rc(!cn crs 
rcgcn^.— 4 ^cr ?(uffcf)or, ^Scnvalti'r. — 5 ^ii^avtcr. — 6 be* 
tt)cgcn,antrciOon. — 7 cut9cc\cn»virfcn, 6cfampfcn — 8t>cvs 
ftcpfcn. — 9 t)lc ^cntung, ^tiifgabc. — 10 wc()ltl)atig. ~ 11 
cnsbvraig. — 1-i OoeiviUtg, bi>$()aft. 



82 

fcf)e mag jTd) 5liifaug(? iucf)t gerue ait biefe rcpublifa* 
iiifcf)e )lii(]cnb ber (BelbftDcrleiigmnig (]cwo[)neit, 
obmol)! cr e^ Itcbt, gcwijTe du^ere ®ebrdnd]e ber 
3lmcrifancr nad)^iial)men» dv fiiblt jTd) nod) frcmb ; 
feiiie friif)erc f^cbcudmeife iinb ®e«>cl)nbctten jTnb 
nod) frifd) in fciner 'Bccic itnb maitdje geijltj^e Untevf 
balmng ,qel)t- tl)m fiir ben Sdifaug megcu feiner Un^ 
bcfaiintfd)aft mit ber euglifdKU ®prad)e iierrcrcu. 
5lber mohl il)m, n?eim er feinen mal)reit 3Sertbei( 
balb l)eraiic?jtnbet nub bte ^etten feiner Sorurtbei(e 
^erfprengt, mibcfiimmert itm ^a^ ©ercbe (^old)er, 
tveUte ben cbleren S^^t'^^^" ^^^ ?eben^ ibr ^;^erj 
i3erfd)lie^en nnb „benen ber ^and) ibr ©ett ift nnb 
beren (i{)\'c ^i\ ®d)anben mtrb." (^bilipper 3, 19.) 
29. ^ir finb ?(tte bnrd) nnanf(i)^Iid)e 5Sanbc 
imter einanber Derbnnben nnb einer mnf? bent anbcj» 
ren in berXngenb ber ©elbilbeberrfdjnncj ein Qiitc^ 
S5eifpiel nc^^»^ * ""b biefe^ ijat cine eleftri}"d)e 
^raft. (5in foId)ed S3eifpie( yon (Selbjlbel)errfd)nn(] 
liefert cin (\yo^cv .s>e(b bei:^ 5l(rertbnm^, ber einjl 
bei (]lii{)eriber Sonnenbitse jTd) in einer ^Biifte, n>o 
fein ^iyaffer (^efnnben merben fonnte, Derirrt batte. 
5lf^ enblid) ein ©otbat i\\ einer 2>ertiefnn(] ctwa^ 
gaffer, c\c\n\c\ fitr einen ober jmei, anfi]efnnben 
l)atte, fammefte er e^ in feinem .^elme nnb hvad)tc 
c6 ^n feinem 5^e(bberrn. liefer aber fdiiiftcte, '^Uu 
gc|ld)ti> be^ .s>eere'^, ben Onba(t \>c^ i^elmed anf 
hie (5rbe nnb erfldrte, er fei entfd)lo|Ten, an alien 
(5ntbel)rnncjen feiner ^^rieger ^l)cil ?,n ncbmen, nnb 



83 

It IS true, however, that many a German, thougli 
desirous of imitatinc^ certain American customs, yet 
habituated^ from his early life to more indulgent' ha- 
bits of living, is far from willing to adopt this Repub- 
lican self-denial. He feels himself a stranger still; 
Lis former habits and associations^ are still fresh in his 
mind ; and many an intellectual"* entertainment^ is 
closed to him at first, on account of his ignorance of 
the English language. But well for him, if he soon 
finds out what truly benefits him, and if he breaks 
the chains^ of his prejudices, without caring'' for the 
remarks of those who shut their hearts to the nobler 
purposes of life, and "whose God is their belly,* and 
whose glory is in their shame." (Phil. 3 : 19.) • 

29. We are all bound to each other by indissolu- 
ble bands, and must set each other a good example 
in self-government; and this has an electric power. 
Such an example of self government is furnished by a 
great hero of antiquity, who had lust his way when 
marching through a desert,^" under a burning" sun, 
"where no water could be procured. When by chance 
a soldier had found in a little cavity,'^ water enough 
for one or two to drink, he took it in his helmet"' to 
Lis general, who, in presence of his army, turned it 
out on the ground, declaring, that he was resolved to 

1 c\ctvof)nt. — 2nncl)(itct>io. — 3t)it.'2>cr6int>uncicn. — 4 
Dcrjlantip,. — 5Mcllntcr()nltun9.— Gtic.Rctti'.— 7 fid) Ocs 
fftmmcrn. — 8 tcr Baud), Soib. — 9 tk (Bd)a\\tc. — 10 t>ie 
ic — ll t^rcuncnt). — 12 tic JScrticfuncj. — 13 tier Sochu, 



84 

fci'iteit ^ropfeit ju triufeu, bettor ber ff^te feiner 
?eute im (gtanbe fet, feineu Diirft ^u (6fd)eit. (Jin 
ferd)er ^Uiebrucf n?a()ren 5Gol)hroUcn^ imb cblen 
9J?itgcfitt)l!i^ l)atte eine bej|ere^irfiin,q,al^ bie fd^on* 
itc Otebe l)en)or(3cbrad)t l)aben wiirbe : ber rittlid)c 
5[J2iit() t)on ^aufenben iwiirbe burd) biefcd gate ^cU 
fptel neiibefebt, Unh (]erabe fo i)erl)d(t ci^ ftd) niit 
ten 5!}?agigfeit(^^'®efeUfd)afteiu ^ie (inrbalrfam^ 
feit Don beraufd)euben ©etrcinfeu, n?c(d)cr fie t>a^ 
SGort rcbeit, ift luir ba^ 5[)2 i 1 1 e I , tvobiird) fie cin 
Qute6 S3eifp(e( c^ehcn unb jenen ®ci\t ber (Selbftbe^ 
l)errfd)iing unb (Selbftuerleiigniuig beforbern woKen, 
I) n e tt) e 1 d) e n ^ u g e n b n u r e i u ( e e r e r 
9t am e Hi, 9J2it Dereinter 5!}?ad)t fiil)reit ffe StvicQ 
gegeu jenen grogen i:)e^poten, ben Moiuq 2llfol)oI 
unb fein jiarfec^, tterberblid)e^ ^ecr, 5!}?cd)tcn fTe 
tl)n balb iibernnnben unb mod)ten and) bie I^eut* 
fd)en in 2(merifa l)ier^n mad)tig beitragen. Woc^c 
^'einer jnrnd=|lel)en, wo ein feld^er wal)rl)afr nnl5lt=» 
d)er unb prei^wurbiger 3^^^^ errcid)t werben foil, 
unb nioge jeber ^entfdK €^ betvcifcn — waiS hie 
@efd)id)te nnfere^ Saterlanbe^? in fo uiclen ^eu 
fpicfen beildtigt, — bag e^ bem ^cutfdicn n i e an 
cinem warmen A^^er^en nub fejlen ^Bi(ten fe()Ite, ba, 
tt)o e^ {id^ urn hie (Bad)e heS ii[)vi]tcntinm^ unb urn 
bie 2[>ereblnng ber 5D^cnfd)l)eit f)anbcfr. 

30. l^anbiifente ! 3inf birfer rnl)m(id)en S5a{)n 
t)oransufd)reiten, rnft ber 2(po|ieI ^anln^ end) ^u : 
„^o bcjleljet nun in ber greil)eit, bamit un^ 



85 

participate in all the wants of his soldiers, and not to 
drink a drop^ before the whole of his men should be 
able to satisfy their thirst. Such an expression" of 
true benevolence and noble sympathy had a better 
effect, than the finest speech^ would have had; the 
moral energy of thousands was reanimated"' by tliis 
good example. And this is exactly the case with 
temperance societies. The abstinence'^ from the use 
of intoxicating*^ drinks, which they advocate, is only 
the means by which they will set a good example, 
and promote that self-governing and self-denying spi- 
rit without which virtue is only an empty^ name. 
With united powers they wage^ war against that 
great Despot, king Alcohol, and his mighty and nu- 
merous army. May they soon overpower^ him, and 
may also the Germans in America powerfully contri- 
bute to that result. May no one stand back, where 
such a truly useful and praiseworthy^" object is to be 
eflected, and may every German prove, that which 
the history of our country in so many instances'^ con- 
firms, that the Germans have never lacked'^ a warm 
heait, and a strong will, where the cause of Christiani- 
ty and civilization is at stake. 

30. My countrymen ! to pursue'^ this noble 
course, the Apostle Paul calls to you: "stand fast, 

1 t)ci- Svcpfon. — 2 tcr 7Cu<:t>n!c!. — 3 tic JKctc, — 4 ncu 
bctcOcn. —5 Me @ntf)a(tfamfcit. —6 Ocrau[d)cnt.— 7 leer. 

— 8ma9cn,fu()ron. — 9 ubcnvatrigcn. — 10 prcii^iviirbig. 

— 11 fcfl6 JBcifpict. — 12fc()tcn, mangctn.— 13 I'crfclgcn. 



86 

(if)vt|Iit^ hcfxeict l)at, unb lajjet cud) ntd)t miebentm 
tit ha^ fncd)tifd)e 3cd) fan(]eit. 3l)r aber, liebcn 
^riibcr, fctb ^ur ^Yci[)dt bcrufeit. 3U(etn fe()et ^it, 
bag i[)r bitrd) bie greibeit bem g(ctfd)e iiidit 9?aum 
gcbet; fonbcru burd) bie ?tebe bienc (Jiner bcm 
5liibcmt. X)cnn aUe ®c\ci^c n>crbeit in e tit em 
^orte erf itact, in bem : ? i e b e b e i it e n Tt d d) |I e n 
ai^ tid) felbjl. (Soi()r eud)abeniittereiiiaiiber 
hci^et lutb fi-cjTet, fo fe()et jit, bag il)r itid)t iinter 
einanber t)er3cl)ret wcxhct. 3d) fac^e end) aber: 
aCaitbcIt im ®cifte, fo n>crbct ibr biel^iifte be^ gfet^ 
fd)e^ itid)t »oUbriit(]eit. Dffenbar ffiib aber bie 
^Berfe be^ gleifd)ec>, al^ ha jTnb @()ebrudv Ji^iireret, 
llnrciniofcit, Un^ud)f, 5(bq5tterei, 3aubcrei, geiitb^* 
fd)aft, i>abeivS^ieib, 3orn, 3auf, 3wietrad)t, Dtotteit, 
5;ag, ^D^orb, ©aiifeu, grcjjeit unb bcr(](eid)cn, t)en 
n)efd)cn iifi end) babe guwor o^R^^ »^^^ f^^O^^ "^d) 
^nijor, bag, tic foId)ei! tbun, njcrbcn ba(^ dleid) ©ot- 
tc^ nid)t ererben/' (©alater 5, 1. 13-21.) 

5iin^(inoe ! ^eber^t(]ct bie ^orte be^ ^>falmijlcn : 
„'5Bie njirb cin 5ii"0tinn ft'inen 3Bc(] nnftrdflid) gc^ 
ben ? tt)enn cr fid) hdit nad) beinen ((^btte^) 5Bor^ 
ten/' (^>fafm 119, 9.)/ nub bie (Jrmabnnng: „®C:» 
benfc an beinen (5d)epfer in beiner 3"9fnb, che 
bcnn bie bofen XciQc fommen nnb bie 3al)re ber^n* 
trctcn, ba bn tvirft fagen : ©ie gefatlen mir nid)t !" 
(^Veb. (Sal. 12, 1.) 

^inber ! bie b. ^d)xift (]ebietet: „3l)r ^tinber, feib 
gcl)orfam cureu ditcxn in bem :berru ; benn ba^ ifl 



87 

therefore, in the libert}* wherewith Christ lias made us 
free, and be not entangled^ again witli tlie 3'oke of 
bondage. For, brethren, ye have been called unto 
liberty : only use not liberty for an occasion to tho 
flesh, but by love serve" one another. For all the law 
is fulfilled in one word, even in this : Thou shall love 
thy neighbor as thyself. But if ye bite^ and devour 
one another, take heed,'* that ye be not consumed one 
of another. This I say then, Walk in the Spiiit, and 
ye shall not fulfil the lust'^ of the flesh. Now the 
works of the flesh are manifest, which are these, adul- 
tery, fornication, uncleanness, idolatry, witchcraft, 
hatred, variance, emulations, wrath, strife, seditions, 
heresies, envyings, muiders, drunkenness, revellings,* 
and such like :'' of the which I tell you before, as I 
have told you in time past, that they which do such 
things shall not inherit the kingdom of God." (Ga,- 
latians, 5: 1, 13-21.) 

Young men ! bear'^ in mind the words of the Psal- 
mist : "Wherewith shall a, young man cleanse his 
wa}'' ? By taking heed thereto according to thy 
word." (Psalm 119: 0.) And the admonition ''Re- 
member now thy Creator in the days of thy youth, 
while the evil days come not, nor the yeais draw 
nigh, when thou shalt say, I have no pleasure m 
them." (Ecclesiast. 12 : 1.) 

Children ! the Holy Scripture commands : *' Chil- 

1 in'nvufdn. — 2 Moncn. — 3 bciG'cn.— 4 tic ?(cl)t,~ 5 t>tc 
Cuft.— 6 ta? (Scl)ivc(gcn,frcjfcn. — 7 fccr3(ckl)vMi. 



btffig, cl)re 2>ater iiiib ?i}iutter ! ha6 i]t bad ex^e ®e» 
botr bai5 tie 35erl)ei^iin(] l)at : Sliif ba^ bir'd met)! 
gel)? imb bit Tange kbc]t aiif (Jrbcn/' (^'pl). G, 1—8.) 

Hub il)r, (5(rcrn, bctrad)tct c^ ai^ cure crfte 
^flicl)t-, eurcu ^tubent ci!ie gate, rf)ri|llid)e St^ 
5ie()iiiig ^u crH)ei(en ; gcbt il)iicn ftetd ctu 0Utc^ 
S3cifpicl imb crmalmt jTe bci ^citcn gu bcr /,gur<.i)t 
(I'icbe) bed <oerrn, n^c(d)e i)l: aKer ^Gcidbcir ^hu 
fawQ ;'' (el)rt fie ha^ (3chot bebeiifcn, „bu foUft ben 
g^etcrta(} beifigen'' imb feib ibnen bieriii fi'Ib)! ciii 
nad)al)muii(}dwiirbi(3ed SSorbilb. S>aitQt im @e^ 
bdd)tnijje bte ^rmabnunc} bed 5{po{Te[d : „3l)i* ^I'i^ 
ter, rei^et eure ^tinber ind)t ^um Bi^i*"/ fi-Mtberii 
jtel)et jTe aiif in bcr ^iid)t imb (^rmal^uimg ^lun 
S>evvn/' ((5pbefer(3, 4.) 

31. „5([d bie ^Taittcv 3Gadl)ingtond, fo iDirb 
ergci()(t, gefraojt nnivbc, une fie ben (Sbavaftcr it)ved 
©obned gebilbct babe, fo .gab fie ^uv 5innDorr, ffe 
fet bemiibt gen)efcn, ibn brei i:^m(ie gu iel)ren : ^k^ 
^orfam, g(ei^ imb ^Oabrbeitdliebe." 

Mcine bclfere i*ebre imb (5rmal)mm(j feimen (iU 
tern ibreu ^inbern ertbeilen, 

ijcbrt eure itinber © e b o r f a m. ^a^t ed bie 
erfle Section fein. 3bf fi^nnt faum friibe o<^mt(] 
anfan.qen. ^efldnbige (gorrjfalt imb ^(ufmerFfam? 
Uit i]t iibtbig, baf5 ed auf fold)e "iBeife (]cfd)ebe, ba^ 
nidit bie fclbilftdnbige (il)arafterenhi?id(im3 hc^ 
^tnbcd barimtcr kihc. 

l*el)rt eure ^iuber ZljatiQUit. X^ic &ewolm* 



dVen ! obey your parents in the Lord ; for tliis is light. 
Honor thy father and mother, whicli is the fiist com- 
mandment with promise, that it may be well with 
tliee, and thou mayest live long on the earth.* 
'Ephes. G: 1-3.) 

And you, who are parents, consider it as your 
'first duty to give your cliildren a good and C!i)v^tian 
education; set tliem always a good cxunj)]e, and 
teach them early "the fear of the Lord, wliicli is 
the bemiinincr of all wisdom;" teach them to ''re* 
member the Sabbath day to keep it holy," and 
be yourself a pattern worthy of their imitation. 
Keep in memory tiie cidmonition : "And, ye failit-rs, 
provoke not your children to writh : but bring ihera 
up in the nurture and admonition of the Lord." 
(Ephes. G : 4.) 

31. It is said, that, when the motlier of Wash- 
ington wasa>ked, how she had formed the character 
of liL-r son, shr replied, that she hnd endeavored to 
tench him three things : obedience, diligence, and 
trulh. 

Ko better advice can be given by any pjfrent. 

Teach your children to obey. Let it be the fii'st 
lesson, you can liardly begin ttjo ^oon. ]t lequires 
constarU care and attention to do it in sucli a wav 
as not to bieak down the stiength of a child's clia- 
racter. 

Teach vour children to be diUgent. The liabit of 



m 

l)eit, bcficinbic} itn(5(td) bcfttciftij^t 511 fein, ifl ci'ii cixu 
tcv (Scl)iiJ5eu(]cI biird)'k7 ?cbcn, iinb ^nq(cid) jiir 
^Hli'j]? ii'O^i*-"^)^^' !^iia,cnb iimnii.qan,q(td) uorhwcnbii], 
Tiid)t^ faun tborid)tcr fein, ai^ hk 51nfTd)t iiMiidicr 
^•(tcrn, ai^ fci c^ inianilanbiq, il)rc Jtiiibcr nrbciteu 
|u (ajfcn. ©civobnt fi'e friih^cirii] an cine niilplidic 

X'ie ^B a b r I) e i t ^ n e b e abcr tfi: »lmi ber 
l)i>d#cn 33cbciitiin(]. Va|5t liebcr alle^ 5(nbcre 
bahiii fabrcn, nli^ bicfeti. ^IBie fount tbr cud) nuf 
cuvc ^iiubcr ycrlajjcn, u^cnu bicfclbcn mht umhr^ 
l)citd(icbcnb finb? Spinet cwd^i barnm fclbcr gang 
bcfcnbcviv ctn?a^ ^u tbiin, n)oburd) ihr fie ^11 in3ciib 
einev Uittvciie cbcr llnmabrbcit aidciren fcnntcr. 

lint) cublid), C^Hi'j] inib ^Kt, (afu nmi alle iiiifcre 
Mvdftc ^iir (5Trcid)inu] eiucii Si^'^^'s-^r cinet^ (^nb^ 
jn>cd^ ycrciiiiqcn. ?af;r niui mdfii], fl^'iOij] niib 
gcnuqfam fciii ; lafn invS ciiic^cbcnf fciii inifcrcr 
^jlid)tcu gc(]cu luifcrcu (Sdiopfcr nnb inifcrc Wiitf 
ntcnfdicn; lafn- iind in inifcrcn x^cqcn cinon !^cm^ 
pel (3vinibcn,tt.un'in bcr ucrjlanbiqe unb in bicjvcrne 
blidcnbc ®ci|i amcrifanifd)cr g-rcil)cit Icbe nnb bliibe^ 
— unb bann ivcrbcn mv (\nte ^ g I ii cf I i d) e nnb 
f r c i e 5>3 ii r g e r 31 ni e r i f a ' ^ ivcibcn. 



being always employed' is a great safeguard'^ through 
life, as well a« ess<'nlial to the ciillivatlon of almost 
every virtue. Nolhing can be more foolish^ than an 
idea which parents h.avc, tliat if is not respectable" to 
set th.eir children to -work. Let them learn earlyHo 
be useful. 

As to truth, it is the one essential thing. Let every 
thing else be sacrificed rather than this. Without 
it what dependance*^ can you place in your child ? 
And be suie to do nothing yourself which may 
countenance^ any species of prevarication^ or false- 
hood. 

And, finally, young and old, let us unite all our 
energies for the accomplishment^ of one purpose, one 
end. Let us b;*. temperate, industrioils and frugal; 
let us remember our obligations to our Maker and our 
fellow-men, let us build up in our hearts a temple, 
wherein the rational farseeing'" spirit of American li- 
berty, may live and flourish, and thus we may be- 
come" good, hap2')y and free American citizens. 

1 Oofd)aftiaon. — 2^ic £'c(nit=ivcirf)C. — 3 t(>cricl)t. — 4 
onftunMi', c()ri'nyeU. — 5 fviilvjcitic. — 6 ta^ 3utraucn. — 
7 nufmuntcvn, untcrjliifeon. — 8 Mc?riK>f(ucbti', JKanfc* — 
9 Vk (SrfiiUung, 6-rvcicl)ung. — 10 ivcitfcbcnK — 11 wets 
ten. 



92 
® O tt ft t t tt t t O tt 

^ir, ba^ SSoIf bcr 3Sercim'.^teu (Staaten, in ber 
Slb|l[d)t, cine uollfommenere Um'on ^u bilbcu, ^crf)t 
uub @ered)tigfcit cin^ufefeeit, 9{u()e im 3micrn ^u 
Der^cwijTcni, fiir gemctnfame SSertbeibigung giir^ 
ferge 511 trcjfVn, aUi]cmeine ^Bol)(ft-{4)rt ^u before* 
bent unb bcu ©ci^cn ber grcibeit mi^ uub uuferen 
5f;ac()fomnieu ^u fTd)eru, ijerorbueu uub errid)ten 
l)ternut bicfe (Souftitutiou fiir hie 3>ereiutgteu <Btaaf 
ten t)ou 5Jmerifa» 

5Xrti^d I. — Gvftcr ?C6fd)nttt. 

5((te bierin bcwdfigte gefci^.qcbeube ©eit^aft foil 
eiuem (5ou(]rej7e ber 2>ereiui(}tett (Btaatcu iiber? 
trageu feiu, me(d)er an^ bem (Seuate uub bcm 
^aufe ber ^eprdfeutauteu befle()eu foiU 

SivciU'c ?(Ofd)nitt. 

§.1. X)a^ Syan^ ber DTeprafeutauteu fell ai\^ 
5[)citn(ieberu gufammeu.gefein feiu, rvM^c ailc ^wei 
3ahre \)ou bem SSoIfe ber iicrfd]tebeueu Sfaareu 
frwabft tverbeu wnt) tie '©abler in eiuem jcbeu 
(Etaate foUeii biejeui.qeu (5u"{eufd>afteu babcu, mcfd^e 
fiir ^Gabler he^ ^ahfreicbjl'Mi 3^^^^'in^'^ ber ®cf:l3^ 
gebuug in {!)rem et(]eueu 6raate erforberltd) fiub. 



93 

CONSTITUTION 

OF THE 

UNITED STATES Ob' AMERICA. 



We, the people of tlie United States, in order to 
Form a more perfect union, establish^ justice, ensure 
domestic" tranquillity, provide for the coranion de- 
fence,^ promote the general welfare, and secure'* the 
blessings of liberty to ourselves and our posterity, 
do ordain and establish this Constitution for the 
United States of America. 

ARTICLE I. Section First. 

The legislative powers herein granted, shall be 
vested in a Congress of the United States, which shall 
consist of a Senate and House of Representatives. 

Section Second. 

§ 1. The House of Representatives shall be com- 
posed'' of members chosen every second year by the 
people of the several states, and the electors^ in each 
state shall have the qualifications i-equisite for electors 
of the most numerous branch^ of the state lemslalure. 



1 cinricl)tcn, cinKfjcn. — 2 {}au6(icl), tnncr(id). — 3 btc 
5>cvthci?ic\uni}. — 4 iia\u'mifl\'vn. — 5 ^ufamincni'c^v'n. — 6 
K'c SButrtcr. — 7 i^cr 3ivaa. 



94 

§♦ 2. 9fiiemanb fott jiim !Keprd fen tan ten evwa^lt 
njerbeii fonneii, ber nidit ba^^ SUtcr Don fiinfiinb^ 
^man^ig 3«i)rcn erreid)t bat unb feit ficbcn 3^1)^*^^ 
23urger ber SSereinigten ©taatcn gewefcu t|T, unb 
ber nii1)t, ^nr 3^it feiner ^nDdl)hin(j, ein (5in* 
wcbncv bc^jcnigen (Btaatc^ i^, in it?e(d)em er 
geiDdl)(t tDurbe. 

§. 3. IDie ^Keprdfentanteu nnb bte btrecten 
©tcncrn foKen nnter bie Dcrfrf)tebenen ©taaten, 
Yoel&ic innerbalb biefer Union begrtffen fein mcgcn, 
i)erl)dltnigmdgicj, je wad) beren vefpcctiwen 5(n^al)f, 
t)ertl)ei(t n^erben ; nnb biefe n)irb [o bercd)net, bag 
ber gan^en 2(n^a[)l freier ^erfonen, einfdiliegltd) 
berer, mcld^e eine fejTcjefel^te ^cit t)on 3iii)tfn ^vi 
bienen uerbnnben flnb nnb an^fd)lieglid) ber nid)t 
beftenerten 3»bianer, brei gnnftl)eile aWer iibrigen 
^erfenen ^ngetbeilt mcrbcn. 

X)ic bieinialige 3dl)Inn(j foK innerbalb hvei'^alj^ 
ten nad) ber erjlen SSerfamnUnn^ be^ (Soncjrejje^ 
ber ^ereini(]ten (Staaten (}efd)el)en nnb tnnerl)alb 
cinc6 jeben baranf folgcnben 3^itranm^ Don gef)n 
3abrcn in ber 3(rl-, mie berfclbe (^ongreg) fie 
bnrd) ta^ @efel^ bejlimmcn ivirb* IDie ^al)i ber 
gfjeprdfentanten foil nid)t (Jinen Don jebirebeii 
breigigtanfenb (©e^dblten) iiberfttreiten, aber je# 
ber ©taat foU n^enigfienc^ einen 9?eprdfentanten 
baben, nnb bid \^a^ eine ncne 3dMnng Dorge* 
nomnien nnrb, foil ber <Btaat 9cen?^ampf()ire brei, 
9J^ajTad)nfetti^ a^t, ^l)obe S^fanb mit ^roDibence 



95 

§ 2. No person shall be a representative wh(V 
shall not have attained' to the age of twenty-five 
years, and been seven years a citizen of the United 
States, and who shall not, when elected, be an in- 
cabitant of that state in Avhioh he shall be chosen. 

§ 3. Representatives and direct taxes sliall be 
apportioned among the several states which may be 
included within^ this Union, according to their re- 
spective numbers, which shall be determined by 
adding to the whole number of free persons, includ- 
ing^ those bound to service for a term'' of years, 
and excluding^ Indians not taxed, three-fifths of all 
other persons. — The actual enumeration^' shall be 
made within thiee years after the first meeting of the 
congress of the United States, and within every sub- 
sequent^ term of ten years, in such manner as they 
shall by law direct.^ The number of representatives 
shall not exceed^ one for every thirty thousand, but 
each state shall have at least one representative ; and 
until such enumeration shall be made, the State of 
New Hampshire shall be eniiiled to choose three, 
Massachusetts eight, Rhode Island and Providence 

1 crrcicl)cn- — 2 inttcrf)a(6. — 3 cinfct)ticp(id). — 4 tct 
Scitfaunu — 5 ciu?fd)Ucptid). — 6 t>ic ?Cuf^uf)(un9. — 7 
nad)llfo(9cn&. — 8 Oc)limnu'n, — 9 u^crflcigcn. 



96 

^latttation cineii, (Connecticut fi'inf, 5)ieu^2)crf 
fccf)^, ^Ini'ZsCY^c^ i)ier, ^^cnnfpfuanien ad)t, ^cia^ 
\t>avc eincn, ?Diari)(anb fcd)il, 53trginien gcl)n TiCVtl)^ 
Carolina fiinf, ^ontiy^i^aYoiiwa fiinf nnb ®cor(]ia 
hrei ^u uxit)fcn bcred)tic]t fcin. 

§. 4. ^^cnn fid) in bcr Dicprdfenfation ivQcnt) 
etnc^ (gtaatc^ (BteKenerUbtgnngcn erciVjncn, fo foil 
hie t)cll5icl)enbe ©emalt bejTelben 5BaI)[au^fd)rciben 
cvQcijen lajTen unb fofd^e ericbi.qtc (StcUcn crqdnjcn. 

§. 5. 2)a<^ 5>in(^ bcr DTcprdfcntantcn felt fcincn 
(Eprcd)cr nnb anbcre 23camte n)d()(cn, nnb bic aiici^ 
nicje 9}iad)tbefKgnig ciner ^lageeinbringnng »or 
fccm ©enate l}aben, 

Scittcr ?Cbfd)nitt. 

§. 1. I}er ©enat ber 25emni(](en ^taatcn foil 
au^ '^\mi Senatorcn v>on cinem jcben <Btaate ^lu 
fammcn(]cfcl3t fein, ^t)c(d)e bie ©cfcl^gebnng bcffelben 
auf fed)(^ 3al)rc ermdl)U l)at; nnb jebcr (Senator 
foil cine Stimme ()aben. 

§. 2. Unmittelbar nad) ibrer anf hie erftc 5DabI 
erfolgten SSerfammlnng follcn jTe fo (]leid)formi3 aU 
moQlid) in brei (Ilaflen ,qctbci(t iverben. 2)ie (5i^c 
bcr ^cnatorcn erftcr (Slaffe fot!en ntit bem Slbfanfe 
bci^ ^wcitcn %'i\)v^, bie ber ^wciten dta^fc md) 5lb^ 
lanf bc^ incrten Sabred nnb hie ber bvitten ^(ajfe 
nad) Slblanf bed fed)dten 3«l)t-ed crlebi.gt n^erben, 
fo bag alle jwei^alire ein 2)rittbeil envdblt merbe; 
unb irenn ©tcUeu erlebicjt n^crbeu hiixd) ^Unt^nicii 



97 

Plantations one, Connecticut five, New -York six, 
New Jersey four, Pennsylvania eight, Delaware one, 
Maryland si.v, Virginia ten, North Carolina five, 
South Carolina five, and Georgia three. 

§ 4. When vacancieo^ happen in the represen- 
tation from any state, the executive authority thereof 
shall issue writs of election to fill such vacancies. 

§ 5. The House of Representatives shall choose 
their speaker and other officers ; and shall have the 
sole^ power of impeachment.^ 

Section Third. 

§ 1. The senate of the United States shall be 
composed of two senators from each state, chosen by 
the legislature thereof, for six years ; and each 
shall have one vote.^ 

■ § ^- Immediately after they shall be assembled 
m consequence of the first election, they shall be 
divided as equally^ as may be into three classes. The 
seats of the senators of the first class shall be vacated 
at the expiration'^ of the second year, of the second 
class, at the expiration of the fourth year, and of the 
third class, at the expiration of the sixth year, so that 
one-third may be chosen every second year ; and if 
vacancies happen by resignation,'' or otherwise, during 

1 t)ic (Sr(cM^iunc\ cincr (Stctto. — - 2 dtcintc^, ctnsi.q. — 
3 t)ic offcntdcl).* ?Cnf(a(^c. — 4 Mc Stimme (6ci bcr ?COflims 
nmnp.) — 5 c^(dd)ma9ic5, — 6 fccr ?C6(auf. — 7 tic 9Sct« 
3tcl)Uctftung auf cine 8tc(lc. 



t)errc(}iut(] obcr auf anbcre SiSci\e, wdhrenb bent 
bic ^kftljgebiing irgcnb eiiiei^ <Btaate$ fctnc 8ilpun(} 
Ijalt, fo foU bic uoU5icl)enbc ©cwalt bejTelbcn tempos 
rare ^c^tciUiUQcn bii^ ^nv iiddijlen 3iifammcnfitnft 
ber gefet^gcbenbeit S3el)orbe inad)en, \VQid)c at^baim 
tie eriebicjteu ©telteii n^ieber befdien fclL 

§. 3. 5tiemanb foK (Senator wcrben, ber itid)t 
ba^ Sdter t>on breigtg 3al)ren errei'd)t ()at unb neuu 
3al)re SSiirger ber SSeretnigtcn Staaten gemcfen ifl, 
unb ber ntd)t, gur 3cit fcincr (^rn^df)Imi(3, e(n S5e^ 
tt)ol)ner be^jenicjen ©taate^ mar, Don n)e(ct}em er 
ermdl)(t umrbe. 

§. 4. ^er Sice^^rdjTbent ber SSereinfgten (Btaa^ 
tm \oli ^H'dfibent bc^ Senat<^ fcin, jebod) feine 
©tinnne ijahcu^ auger menu bte ©timmen s^^^^ 
tjertl)ei(t jTnb. 

§. 5. Ser Senat fott feine anbernt 53eamten 
vr>dl)(en unb ebenfo einen ^H*dfibenten pro tempore 
in 2lbmefen()eit be^ SSice^^rdfibenten, ober ir>enu 
biefcr t>a6 5lmt be^ ^rajTbenteu i^er SSereinigten 
(Staaten befleiben mug. 

§. 6. X)cv <Bcmt fott bie atteiuige ®ett)a(t baben, 
iiber atte uor U)n (jebrad)teit Mixtia^en ®eri(l)t ^u 
()alten. SU]enn er ^u bein v£nbe (Sitsungen bdtt, fo 
fott er Dorl)er burrf) (5ibfrf)tt)ur ober feierlirfje 3>erfi^ 
dierung an ^ibe^jlaft t)erpflid)tet njerben, UBirb 
ber ^VdjTbent ber ^'ereintgten ©taaten t)or ©erirf)t 
gelaben, fo fott ber Dberrtd)ter ben SSorjTJ^ fnl)ren 
wnb ^Jiiemanb fott fi'tr iiberwiefen erHdrt n^erben. 



99 

the recess of the legislatuie of any state, the executive 
thereof may make temporary appointments' until the 
next meeting of the legislature, which shall then fill 
8ur,h vacancies 

§ 3. No person shall be a senator who shall not 
have attained to the age of thirty years, and been 
nine years a citizen of the United States, and who 
shall not, when elected, be an inhabitant of that state 
for which lie shall be chosen. 

§ 4. The Vice President of the United States shall 
be President of the Senate, but shall have no vote, 
unless Ihey be equally divided. 

§ 5. The Senate shall choose their other officers, 
and also a President pro tempore, in the absence^ of 
the Vice President, or when he shall exercise'' the 
office of President of the United States. 

§ 6. The Senate shall have the sole power to try* 
all impeachments. When sitting for that purpose,* 
they shall be on oath or affirmation. When the 
President of the United States is tried, the Chief 
Justice shall preside f and no person shall be con- 



1 tic SScjiattung. — 2 fcic 7ftn)cfcnfKtt. — 3 t>cf(ciben, 
««^>u6cn. — 4 (53cr;d)t fiattcn. —5 t)cr Gntsivcc!. — 6 t)cn 
gSccrig fuf)rcn. 



100 

wetttt ttid)t ^mi t)rittl)eite ber gcgcnmartigett 5Ki> 
glieber iibereinllimmen. 

§. 7. ^in Urtl)ei( in 5(nf(agefdKen t)or bem ©e# 
natc fann ftrf) nidjt it)eiter erjlrecfen, aU auf 5(mt^* 
entfel^ung, Unfdl)i(3feit^erf(dvinig, trgenb cin ^()ren^ 
amt, eiu auDertraiite^ ober ei\\tvaQiid)c^ 5Imt in 
ben SSereinigten ©taaten ^n befkiben unb ^n x>ex^ 
toaltm ; aber bcr iibemncfcue ^l)ci( foil bcmange^ 
ad)tet bcr 3(nffage t)or bent ©efdimorn cn^®er id)te, 
bem gerid)t(irf)cn S5crl)ore, ber 23erurtt)eihing unb 
IBcj^rafung nntermorfen fein. 

SSicrti'c 7(0fc()iutt. 

§. 1. 3eit, Drt iinb 5Beife ber <IBaI)rabI)a(tnn^ 
fiir (genatoren unb ^eprdfentanten foUen in jebem 
(Staate »on bejTen gcfel^\qebenber 55e{)orbe »orgefd)ric^ 
ben werben ; aber ber ^ongrcg barf ^n jebcr ^cit 
bnrd)'d ©efcl) berartige^ScfJinnnnngen niad)cn ober 
dnbern, andfd)(ief;iid) iiber bie ^nr ^ai)l bcr (Sena^ 
toren beflimntten £)rte. 

§. 2. 25er (Songre^ foil fid) n)enigften^ einmal im 
3al)r ^crfammeln nub e^ foK bicfe SSerfamnUuug 
am erftcit ^^loutngc bed I^cccmberd )tiUtfinben,n)enrt 
cr uid)t bnrd)'^ ©cfcl^ cincn aubcren ZaQ ta^n bc^ 
flimmcn wirb. 

^iinftct: ?Ct>filinitr. 
§. 1. (Jinem jebcn 5:^anfe fJcht bad D?iditeramt 
fiber bie ^CabIeu,'iCabIbcrid)te nub ^abfbefuc^nijfe 
feiner ciqcneuDJiitglifbcr ^n, nub tic ?[}?el)r3al)( eine^ 



101 

victed* without the concurrence^ of two thirds of th« 
members present. 

§ v. Judgment' in cases of impeachment shall 
not extend further than to removal^ from office, and 
disqualification to hold and enjoy any office of honor, 
trust, or profit, under the United States ; but the 
party convicted shall nevertheless^ be liable^ nnd 
subject to indictment,'' trial,^ judgment, and punish- 
ment, according to law. 

Section Fourth. 

§ 1. The times, places and manner of holding 
elections for senators and representatives, shall be 
prescribed in each state by the legislature thereof: 
but the congress may at any time by law, make 
or alter such regulations,^ except as to the places 
of choosing senators. 

§ 2. The congress shall assemble at least once'* 
in every year, and such meeting shall be on the first 
Monday in December, unless they shall by law appoint 
a different day. 

Section Fifth. 

§ 1, Each house shall be the judge of the elec- 
tion returns," and qualification^^^of its own members, 

1 iiOorfiihrcn, iiOornjciKn. — 2 Mc llcOcrcinflimimtno. — 
3 ta?ltrr(u'if. — 4 Mc ?rmtvontKf3mfp. — 5 ^llnu^pco^•btl•t, 
nicl)r?^o)leaH•nip,v'r. — 6 untonvcrfon', rvn•ln^^(tcb. — 7 In 
?(nf(viac ycr ^cm 6KKbivcrnon;(^aicl>ro. — 8 ta? c.i'ricbtticbc 
SSorbcr. — 9 ^io yi^oli'Hmuno. — 10 ciniuat. — ll'l»or a^abt* 
tcvicbt. — 12 tic «l«a()(LH'fuv]ni);'. 



102 

jcben S^aiife^ fott W ^\\m S5ctn'cb hex (55efc{)aftc 
tiotl)i(je 5lu;;ab( fein, abcr einc ficinerc '^abi tarf 
fid) \?ou cincm ZaQ 311m aubcrcn vcrrac|cii nut* i)t 
beooUmdditigr, bie '^Infinift abwcfen^er ^Iliit.qliobcr 
in bcr 2!rt imb biird) foldK (Strafcii 511 bctreibcn, 
n)ie cin jcbc<^ y>au^ fte feftfet^cii mirb. 

§. 2. Cscbe^ yyaw^ barf feine 03efd)dfftiorbnmig 
felbil bejlimmeii, feine ^jj^itglicber n>C(]cn iinorbcjirif 
Iid)cn ^cuebmeui^ bcilrafcn nnb mir 3«rtnn«nnt3 
»ou jtvci ^rirtbcilcn cin ?Piirglieb au^fd^IicFcii. 

§. 3. ^ct>e^ S}ai\^ fell cin !i:a(3ebnd) fi'iner ^'civ 
l)anblnngcn balrcn nnb e^ ven 3^it S» B^'if/ i"^t 
5Jn^nahme fcldjer ^bcile, Die c(^ nad) fcinom Ur^ 
tl)ei(e gebi'ini jn balrcn fnr norhi,q bd(f, yeicflFeii tits' 
rf)cn. 2^ie ©timmen ber ^UJihilifbcr cincii >Mnfe^ 
fiiv ober gcc^en ircjenb einc in ^Vbe |lehcnbe>Bad)e 
foUen anf 5>er{ani]en \)on cinem Sii"ffbei(e ber i^c:* 
genwdrtigcn ^Diitj^lietJcr in tia^ Xaflcbnd) cingcriicft 
wcrben. 

§. 4. ^ein X^an^ barf, cbne bie Snftinintnn.q he^ 
anbercn, fcine (gil;nn.qcn wdbrcnb ber leaner bc<? 
^en(]reflie^ Idnger al^ brei !f a.qe anc^foljfn, ncdi jTe 
an ivgenb cincii anbercn £)rt uerle(]cn al^ an ben, 
tt?orin beibe .^dnfer il)re iBi(3nn(]en baltcn mcrbcn. 

<gccl)?tcc ?Cbfd)nitr. 

§. I. Vic (^enateren nnb ^eprdfcnrantcn ii^Hm 
eine (^5e(bDcr(iitfnnji fiir ihre I'iinrHi'ifluu.q crlHilron, 
bie bnrd)'^ ®cfel3 \c\t ^n bejtimmcn unt) aitc^ ber 



103 

and a mnjority of eacli shall constituie a quorum* to 
do business ; but a smaller number may adjourn^ from 
day to day, and may be authorized to compel the 
attendance of absent members, in such manner, and 
under such penalties'' as each house may provide. 

§ 2. Each house may determine"* the rules^ of its 
proceedings,^ punish its members for disorderly'' be- 
haviour,^ and, with the concurrence of two- thirds, 
cxpeP a member. 

§ 3. Each house shall keep^° a journal" of its pro- 
ceedings, and from time to time publish the same, 
excepting such parts as may, in their judgment, re- 
quire secrecy; and the yeas and nays of the members 
of either house on any question, shall, at the desire^* 
of one fifth of those present, be entered on the journal. 

§ 4. Neither house, during the session of congress, 
shall, without the consent of the other, adjourn for 
more than three days, nor to any other place than 
that in which the two houses shall be sitting.'^ 
Section Sixth. 

§ 1. The senators and representatives shall receive 
a compensation'* for their services, to be ascertained"* 
by law, and paid out of the treasury^^ of the United 

1 Mc not()ii:ic ?(nsaf){. — 2 t?crtac\cn. — 3 t>ic(Strafc.— 4 
Ocfiimmcn. — 5 fcic Slcgct.— 6 Mc Gn-fcbaftc. — 7 uncrtcnt* 
lid). — 8 t>ni? -SBctrncicn. — 9 nu?fcl)(tcpcn. — 10 ()a(tcn.— 
11 t>a5 Sa^i'bud). — 121)vt SSunfd), fcag 25cr(ancicn. — 13 
©iguug haluiu — 14 t>\c jJScrgutung. — 15 fcftfcgctt/ 
gcwi^ mad)cn. — 16 t>cc <2(^ag. 



^taat^ta^c ber SSercinigten ^taatcn ju hc^aljkn 
i(l. Sie foKeu in alien gdllcn, §ocl)ttcrratb, gclo? 
nie unb grieben^brud) au^gcnommcn, ba^ 3Sorred)t 
I)aben, wdljvenb il)rcr ©egenmart bci ben (Eilpungen 
ibrer refpeftioen i^dufer, fomie tt)dl)renb be^ §m> 
gang^ S" ^^^^ ^^*^ D^iicffebr tjon benfelben nict)t ^er* 
^aftet ^n vrevbcn ; nnb fie foUen wcc^en feinev in 
cinem ber beiben 5;»dufer gel)altenen D^cbe ober ^e* 
batte an irgenb einem anberen Drtc ^ur D^ebe gefleltt 
iDerben fonnen. 

§. 2. ^ein (Senator ober D^eprdfcntant foil n)d()^ 
renb berDauer bcr3cit, fiir Uc erge^udbltmorben, 
in irgenb einem nnter 5lutoritdt ber 3>ereinigten 
©taaten |lel)enben biirgerlicljcn 3lmte, me(d)ecj \\>a{)fi 
renb foIct)er 3eit (3efcl)affen morben, ober bejfen (iin^ 
fitnfte nnter ber ^eit uergrotjert movben fi'nb, ange^ 
(lellt werben; nnb S^tiemanb, ber irgenb tin ben 
SSercinii]ten <^taatm nnter^ogene^ Slnit befleibct, 
foil ^3Jiitglieb einecJ ber beiben S>dn^ev fein. 

(Sicbcntcr TCOfctynitt. 

§, 1. 5tlle @efi'^e(^entn)iirfe iiber (5rf)ebnng t)on 
(Staat^einfiinftcn follen an^^ bent 5;*anfe ber Dieprd* 
fentanten nr|priiM(](id) l)crt)orgehen, aber ber ®enat 
fann, mic bci anberen 35illi^, ^^erbejfernngen ober 
3nfdlK uorfdjlagen ober ba^n mitwirfen. 

§. 2. 3<^be i^itl (©efelpe^entwnrf), Ue in bem 
§anfe ber ^ieprdfenranten nnb beg (Senate bnrd)* 
gegangen ijlt, foil, bettor jTe ^nm ©efej^emirb. bem 



105 



States. They shall, in all cases,* except treason," 
felony,' and breach"* of the peace, be privileged from 
arrest during their attendance^ at the session of their 
respective houses, and in going to, and returning 
from, the same; and for any speech^ or debate^ in 
either house, they shall not be questioned in any 
other place. 

§ 2. No senator or representative shall, during 
the time for whicli he was elected, be appointed to 
any civil office under the authoiity of the United 
States, wliich shall have been created, or the emo- 
luments'' whereof shall have been increased^ during 
such time ; and no person holding any office under 
the United States, shall be a member of either house 
during his continuance'" in office.'^ 
Section Seventh. 

§1. All bills'^ for raising'^ revenue''' shall origi- 
nate'^ in the House of Representatives ; but the Senate 
may propose or concur with amendments'^ as on 
other bills. 

§ 2. Every bill which shall have passed'^ the 
House of Representatives and the Senate, shall, before 

1 t)cc ^aff.— '2bcr 2Scrrnt(j. — 3 bn^ c\cmcinc S5cr6rc» 
d)cn. — 4 tier 33rucl). — 5 bcr JBcfucb, tic ®t\qcnwavt. — 
6 t)tc 9?ct»o. — 7 Mc S>cbatto. — 8 Mc (Sinf (infto. — 9 t^ormcf)* 
rcn,iH'VAtoi5vTn. — lObicJ^crttaiur. —11 &a»o?Cmt. — 12 
.tec (53cfc^cntivurf. — 13 crbctu'tT. — 14 Mc :graatf^cinfunfte. 
— 15aii5c\c()cn, cntfprinat-n. — U; fete irH-vtu'iJcrungcn/ 3us 
fS^c— 17turch3cl)cn, gcncbmiiii ivcrtcn. 



IQjg 

^rajTbenten ber 3Sercini(|ten ©taaten iiberreid)! 
n?ert)cn ; crt()ci(t biefer feine 3urtimmung, fo foU er 
(Tc untcr5cirf)ucn, njo uicl)t, fo foU cr ftc mit feinctt 
Sinmcnbungen gu bcm 5;^aufc ^uritrffeuben, an^ bent 
jTc l)cri)orgegangcn ifl:, iinb meld)c^ bie (5inn)eubun=5 
gen au^ful)rlicl) in feiu ^agebuct) aufuel)meu unb fTe 
nodimaligcr ^Tmdgung itutermerfcu [oK. ^leun 
ober, nac^ fo gcbacl)ter ^iBicbevenvagiutg, ^roci 2^rit^ 
tl)eile hc^ j^aiife^ iibcr bic 5(nnabme bcr ^iK iibcr^ 
einfommcn,fo foU fie mit fammt beu (^iniueubmigen 
(be^ ^prdfibentcu) bent anberen 5;^aufe ^ugcfeubet 
ttjerben, Don bent fie 9(eid)faU^ nedimal^ in SrtDd? 
gung ge^ogen merben foK. ^irb fte bann Don ^wci 
25rittl)ei(cn biefei;^ S)an\e^ (]enel)migt, fo foil jTe &Cf 
felseefraft erl)alteu. 

3u alien foldjen gdllen jebocl) foEen hie ©tintmen 
beiber 5;^dnfer bnrd) 3a unb Diein bejTimmt an^ge? 
briicft nnb hie 9^amen ber ^erfonen, wcldjc fiir ober 
gegen bie ^ill jlimmen, in ha^ ZaQcbnd} jebed bcf 
jiig{id)en 5;»anfe^ eingetragen ^Dcrben. 

^enn irgenb eine SSill t)ont ^^rdf[benten nidjt 
innerl)alb ^el)n ^agen (bie(Sonntage nngereclinet), 
jtad)bem fie iijm iiberreid]t morben ijl:,^nriidfomntt, 
fo foil fie ebenfo ©efcl^eefraft erl)alten, ahS ob cr jTe 
«nter3cid)net l)dtte, e^ fei benn, ber (Jongre^ v>evf 
^inbere if)re Oiiidfnnft bnrd) hie 33crtagnng ber 
^dnfer, in tt)eld)em gall bie ^ill feine ©efel^eefraft 
Jaben foil. 

§. 3, (Sine jebe SSerorbnnng, jeber 53efd)lng ober 



107 

it become a law, be presented to the President of the 
United States ; if he approve, he shall sign it, but if 
not he shall return it, with his objections,' to that 
house in which it shall have originated, who shall 
enter the objections at large^ on their journal, and 
pioceed to reconsider'^ it. If after such reconsidera- 
tion two thirds of that house shall agree to pass the 
bill, it shall be sent, together with the objections, to 
the other house, by Avhich it shall likewise"* be recon- 
sidered, and if appi'oved hj two-thirds of that house, 
it shall become a law. But in all such cases the 
votes of both houses shall be determined by yeas 
and nays, and the names of the persons voting for 
and against'^ the bill shall be entered on the journal 
of each house respectively. 

If any bill shall not be returned by the Presi- 
dent within ten days, (Sunday excepted), after it 
shall have 'been presented to him, the same shall be 
a law, in like manner as if he had signed it, un- 
less the congress by their adjournment^ prevent' its 
return, in which case it shall not be a law. 

§ 3. Every order,^ resolution,^ or vote, to which 
the concurrence of the Senate and House of Ptepre- 

1 bic (Sinwenbung, bcc ©inwurf — 2 Quf'fuf)rticl), xm 
TCttgcmcincn. — 3 ncd)maB cvwagcn. — 4 glcicbM'o — 5 
gcgcn. — 6 fcic SJcvtngung. — 7 ucrbinbcrn. — 8 bic 25ct« 
otbnung. — 9 bcc 33cfcl)hi^. 



108 

jebe^ SSotum, vdo^u t>ie Bufammeumirfuug be^ @e* 
ttat^ ober be^ .^aufe^ ber 9?cpvafcntanteu uotl)i(j ijl 
(mit 3lii^nal)me ber gragc iibcr SSertagimg), follen 
bem ^rdlTbenteu ber SSerciuigteit (Sraaten ijovgelegt, 
iinb beuor jTe ^raft er()a{teit, yon iim (jenet)mi(jt 
fein, ivenu er jTe aber nicf^t genebmigt, fo foKcn fte 
itod)ma(^ burd) bie ^iufct)eibmig Don ^tuei X;ritibei^ 
len bei^ ©enatii nnb be^ s>a\i^c6 ber D^eprdfentanten 
bnrd)gec]angen fein, nbcrcinjltmmenb mit ben bei 
ben 53id^ yorgefcliriebenen SSeilimmnngen nnb din* 
fd)rdnfnn9en. 

2((t)tcc 2(bict)nitr. 

?5er ^ongre^ fott bie 9J2ad)t ()aben : 

§. 1. ©tenern, Stnflagen, 3'o^i nnb ^aarem 
(lenern anf^nerlej^en nnb ^n erl)eben ; bie (Sd)nlben 
jn be^abtcn nnb fitr gemeinfame^ertbeibignng nnb 
attgemeine ^Goblfabrt ber58creini(]tcn ©taaten giir^ 
fon^e ^n trejfen. 5lber aUe 5lnflflgen, 3i>ne nnb 
ilBaarenfleuern follen bnrd) bie cjan^cn SSereinic^ten 
6taaten gleid^formic} fein. 

§. 2. 5lnf ben (Srebit ber SSereinigten (Btaatcn 
®elbanlel)en ^n ntad)en. 

§. 3. 2)en i^anbet mit fremben ^^ationen, ^wU 
fd)en ben ein^elnen ©taaten, fowie and) mit "^cn 
Snbianerftdmmen ^n regeln. 

§. 4, @ine bnrd) bie gan^en 3Sereini(]ten ^taaten 
9leid)fi)rmi0e SSerprbnnn^ iiber ^jatnralifation nnb 



109 



sentatives may be necessary, (except on a question 
of adjournment,) shall be presented to the President 
of the United States ; and before the same shall take 
effect, shall be approved^ by him, or being- disap- 
proved^ by him, shall be re-passed by two-thirds of 
the Senate and House of Representatives, according 
to the rules and limitations^ prescribed in the case of 
a bill 

Section Eighth. 

The Congress shall have power"* — 

§ 1. To lay^ and collect taxes,*^ duties,' imposts,' 
and excises,^ to pay the debts and provide for the 
common defence and general welfare of the United 
States ; but all duties, imposts, and excises, shall be 
uniform^'^ throughout the United States. 

§ 2. To borrow^^ money on the credit of the 
United States. 

§ 3. To regulate commerce with foreign nations, 
and among the several states, and with the Indian 
tribes.^^ 

§ 4. To establish an uniform rule of naturalisa- 
tion/^ and uniform laws on the subject of bankrupt- 
cies throughout the United States. 

1 fcitligcn. — 2 mipbinigcn. — 3 fcic S-infcI)ranfun9. — 
4 t)ic 9DZad)t, ©ciualt. — 5 aufcrfcgcn. — 6 t)tc Stcucr. — 
7 bic 2(uf(acic. — 8 bcr Sod. — 9 l)ic SSaarcnficucc. — 10 
(;(cicI)foniug. — 11 Oovc]cn, cnUcf^ncn. — 12 bet ©tamm.— 
13 t)ic Srtfjciliing t)c» a3urgciTcd)t'o. 



110 

gleicl)formtge ©cfd^c iiber ba^ 33anferotttt)efen gu 
madmu 

§♦ 5. ©clb 311 fcf)(a(]en iinb bejTen, fonjie frember 
^int^en, ^ertl) ju bejiimmejv nnb cin 3i}Jaaf^ iinb 
@eit?td)t su bertimmen. 

§. 6. iOcgcu ^eftrafuiig ber 9iad)al)mmig iinb 
gdlfd)un(] \)cn igd)cinen iinb nnilaufenber ^[Rungc 
ber ^^creinigtcn ©taatcn ^erfiigung ^u treffen. 
§. 7. ^"Pofra niter iinb ^)o|^rtri^pen ^u errid)ten, 
§. 8. ^a^ gortfd}reiren bcr ^ijfenfd)afren uub 
niUplid)en 5tiin[le baburd) 311 beforbent, ha^ er, je# 
bed) m\v fiir befd)rdnfte S^it^iV 5Uitoreu uub ^ixf 
ftnbent 'oa^ aurvfd)licf5lid)e9^ed)t aiif il)re refpectiueu 
(Ed)riften iinb (yrftubuncjeu fid)ere» 

§, 9* ^em oberften ®erid)t^l}of untermorfene 
^ribmiale 511 ernenneu. 

§. 10. lleber ©eerdubereien uub aiif ofener ©ee 
beijaitgeneu Scrbrcdien, fon^ie iiber SSerlet^ungen 
t)er3SoIfcrred)te 511 entfd)eiben uub beren^ejlrafmig 
gu t)erl)dii(]en. 

§. U. krieg ^i! erf(dren,^aperbriefc 311 t)erleil)en 
unb 3Serorbnuii{]cu l)iufid)t{td) ber ©trafen 511 ^ant> 
itnb ^u ^ialTcr 511 niad)en. 

§. 12. ^eere gu ftelten lutb ^u unterl)alten ; jebod) 
foU fciit @elb bier^u fiir eineu Idncjern 3citrainn 
ai^ ^wci 3al)re Derwilliget werben. 

§. 13. (iine ©cemadjt audsuriiflen imb m gutem 
3ujianbe ju erhalten. 
§. 14. @efel^Iid)e SSejlimmungen l)inf[d)rlid) ber 



Ill 

§ 5. To coln^ money, regulate the value thereof, 
and of foreign coin, and fix the standard of weights 
and measures. 

§ G. To provide for the punishment of counter- 
feiting" the securities^ and current coin of the United 
States. 

§ 7. To establish post-offices and post-roads. 

§ 8. To promote the progress of science and 
useful arts, by securing, for limited"* times, to authors 
and inventors the exclusive right to their respective 
writings and discoveries.''* 

§ 9. To constitute tribunals inferior to the Su- 
preme Court. 

§ 10. To define and punish piracies^ and felonies 
committed on the high seas, and offences against the 
law of nations. 

§ 11. To declare war, grant letters of marque and 
reprisal,'' and make rules concerning captures* on 
land and water. 

§ 12. To raise and support armies, but no appro- 
priation of money to that use shall be for a longer 
term than two years. 

§ 13. To provide and maintain a navy.^ 

§ 14. To make rules for the government and 
regulation of the land and naval forces. 

1 (3clb fcblagcn, nuin,5cn, pra'c^cn. — 2 t)ic (3dt)faU 
fcl)una. — ,3 bcr ^'cbcin, ©c()ll(^fd)ctn. — 4 tH'fc()vanEt. 
— 5 bic (Sntfcocfunp,. — 6 Mc SccvautHTci. — 7 bccj^apecs 
brief. — 8 tor ^ang, Vic ^vifc. — 9 bic eccmacl)t. 



112 

S5efel)liguit3 unb (5inrirf)timg hex ?anb^ iinb ^Bca^ 
jlreitfrdfte ^u trcjfeit. 

§. 15* 2)en 5(ufriif bcr '^ili^ ^u beforgeu, urn bie 
©efel^e ber Union g" ^oiiftYedcn, SUifildnbe ^u 
bdmpfcn nnb Singrijfe t)on 2(ngen ab5uwcl)ren. 

§. 16, giirforge ^n trejfen fiir tie Drganifarion^ 
53en:)a|fnnng nnb 2)i!^ciplinirnncj ber dJliii^ nnb fiir 
bie 55efel)lignn(3 be^jenigen5Int{)ei{^ baijon, ber jnm 
S^ienjlc ber ^^creinigten ©taatcn DerJt>enbet wntcn 
barf, mobei ben refpectiuen (Btaatcn ha^ (^'men^: 
itnng^redjt ber Dfficiere nnb bie ^•rmdd)tignng, tic 
^ili^ nad) ben i)on bem ^ongreg i)or(3efd)ric()enen 
2)i^ciplintjefel3en ein^niiben, i)orbel)alten ijl. 

§. 17. 3n alien nnb jeben gdUen eine an'ofrf)(iegiJ 
rid)e ®cfelj>gebnn(j itber einen ^e^irf {bc^cix @rb0e 
jiid)t ^ebn ©euiertmeilen iiberfd)reitet) an^^niiben, 
ber ha bnrd) ^Ibtretnng ein^elner ©tanten nnb Sln^f 
nal)me be^ ©enat^ berD^egiernng^fi^ ber ^Sereinig^! 
ten <Btaaten merben tvirb^nnb eine gleid^e £)berberr^ 
(id)feit iiber aWe ^Id^e an^s"ii^'<^"/ ^^^ "^if Snf^^n^^ 
tnnng ber gefejjgebenben 33el)orbe be^jenicjen ^taat^, 
njorin biefelben fid) beftnben, ^el)nfi> ber (^rrid)tnng 
t)on gej^nngen, ^O^aga^inen, Sengbdnfern^ 8d)ijf^* 
merften nnb anberen norl)n?enbigen @ebdnlid)feiten 
fdnflid) ertDorben worben ; — nnb 

§* 18. Me n5tl)igen nnb paffcnben ®efc(5e ^u 
madden, nm bie Dorftehenben nnb al(e anberen 
5[Rad)tbefngniffe, \veld)e in ®emdg()eit biefer ^ev^ 
fajfnng t)on ber oberjlen 33eborbe ber SSereinigteu 



113 

§ 15. To provide for calling forth^ the militia to 
execute tlie laws of the union, suppress' insurrections, 
and repeP invasions/ 

§ 16. To provide for organizing, arming, and dis- 
ciplining the militia, and for governing such part of 
them as may be employed^ in the service of theUnited 
States, reserving to the States respectively, the ap- 
pointment of the officers, and the authority of train- 
ing*^ the militia according to the discipline prescribed 
by Congress. 

§ 17. To exercise exclusive legislation in all cases 
whatsoever, over such district, (not exceeding ten 
miles square,'^) as may, by cession^ of particular states, 
and the acceptance of congress, become the seat of 
the government of the United States, and to exercise 
like authority over all places purchased^ by the con- 
sent of the legislature of the state in which the same 
shall be, for the erection efforts, magazines, arsenals,*** 
dockyards," and other needfuP- buildings. — And 

§ IS. To make all laws which shall be necessary 
and proper for carrying into execution the foregoing 
powers, and all other powers vested by this Consti- 

1 aufnifcu. — 2 untcrt)ruc!cu, bampfon. — 3 ahDcf}rcn. 

— 4 t>cr ^Cngviff ticn ?Ciij5cn, bcr ©infalt. — 5 ttcnvcnbcn. 

— 6 cinittKn. — 7 bic D.uabrntmcilc. — 8 tk 2r0trctun9. 

— 9 fan fen, faufdcl) cnvcrOcn. — 10 t)n5 3cu9l)aul^. — H 
bov (g(l)if[v;ivcrfr. — 12 nctfjwcnbtg. 



114 

Btaatm ober Dcu trqcnb ct'iicm Scmaftun^'ifad^ 
obcr S3camtcn berfelbcu bcfteibct iDtrb, gur 5lu^^ 
ful)riin(j ^u brin.oen. 

§. 1. T^ie (Jinmaiibcnnij] obcr bte (5infiil)nuig 
fo(d)er ^Vrfoncn, mie e^ ir(]enb ctncr i^cn ben bcr^* 
titali^en bcfrehenbeu (Etaatcn fiir ^ulafjTq craditet, 
fott i)on bcm (Songrcg vov bcm 3al)r 1808 iiidjt- ge* 
gel^inbert a>crbcn, jcbcd) barf cine Sreucr cbcr 5lb? 
gabe, tt>c(die iiid)t ,5el)n rotlav^ fiir bie^Vvfen iiber^ 
j^eigt, auf fold)c (S'(nfu[)riiug (i^'kQt \\>cYtcn. 

§. 2. ^^aij ^oiTcd)t bcr 5;^abcad (^ovpii!^ 2lfte foK 
ind)t aufj^cbobcn vpcrbcn biiifcn, anger, u^enn e^ in 
gaden einc^Shifrnhvd, obcr cinc^S fcinblid)eu 3lnfall^ 
tie 6)fontlid)c 8idierl)ett crfovbevt, 

§. 3. a^ foK feine 53annbiU nnb fcin ©efel^ mit 
xMmvUn'ocv Mvaft (ex post facto law) gemadjt 
n?erben» 

§. 4, ^eine ^'opf? ober anbere birecte ©tener fcU 
anferlcgt* werben, bie nid)t im ^^erbdltnig ^n bem 
(Scnfnc^ ober ber bierin »orl)er ijerfiigtcn 2lnf5dl)fnng 
entuommen werben fann. 

§. 5. (5^ foil feine Stener ober ^Ib^ahc auf 3hi^* 
fubrartifel won einem ^nm anberen <Btaat anferkqt 
trerben ; bnrd) feinerlci Serorbnnnc] liber Jl^anbel 
ober ©taati^einfiinfre foil ben .\>dfen bed einen ober 
anberen irgcnb ein 23orred)t cin(^erdnmt iperbcn, 
nod) foUeu Sd)ijfe, t>ic von obcr $n dnem anberen 



115 

tution in the government of the United States, or in 
any department or officer thereof/ 

Section Ninth. 

§ 1. The emigration" or importation^ of such per- 
sons, as any of the states now existing shall think 
proper** to admit, shall not be prohibited by the 
congress prior to the year one thousand eight hundred 
and eight, but a tax or duty may be imposed^ on 
such importation, not exceeding ten dollars for each 
person. 

§ 2. The privilege of the writ of habeas corpus 
shall not be suspended, unless when in cases of re- 
bellion or invasion the public safety may require it. 

§ 3. No bill of attainder or ex post facto law 
shall be passed. 

§ 4. No capitation,^ or other direct tax shall be 
laid, unless in proportion to the census or enume- 
ration herein before directed to be taken. 

§ 5. No tax or duty shall be laid on articles ex- 
ported from any state. No preference^ shall be given 
by any regulation of commerce or revenue to the 
ports of one state over those of another ; nor shall 

1 l)icrt?en. — 2 Vk Ginraanticrunp. — 3 bic ©infii^? 
tunc;. — 4 paffcnb, fd)irf(id). — 5 aufcrlcgcn. — G tic 
^cpfiloncr. — 7 ta?? ^25evrccl)t. 



116 

(Btaate ju geben bejlimmt jTiib, Derpflic{)tet fein, 
um^ulaben, ober in einem anberen 6taate 3oll ^vl 

§. 6, ^eine ©elber fotteit au^ bem (Btaatdfcf)a6c 
genommeu wcrbeit bihfen, al^ in golge gefet^lirfjcr 
SSertt)iKigiing,iinb ein rege(mdgi,qer (Status (S5crid)t) 
unb cine ^ectinuug^abfage ber (5inna()men itnb 3lu^* 
gabeu alter ojfeitt(trf)en ©elber foKeu »on 3eit s« 
3eit t)erojfent(id)t tt)erben» 

§. 7. kcin 5(be(^tite( foil t)on ben SSeretntgten 
©taaten crtl)ei(t merben, unb S^iemanb, ber irgcnb 
ein il)nen nnter^o^ene^^ anuertrante^ ober eintrdg^ 
(id)e^ SImt befleibet, foil ol)ne @encl)nugnng be^ 
(Songrejje^, irnenb cin @cfd}cnf, (Jmolnmenr, 2lmt, 
ober einen ^itel ircjcnb ciner 5lrt unb Don ir(]enb 
einem ^onige, ^itrften ober fremben ©taate anne^:? 
men bitrfcn* 

Sc^ntcc ?XOfcl)nitt. 

§. 1. ^ein ©taat foil fid) in irgenb einen ^cx^ 
trag, SSitnbnig ober eine fSerbinbnng einlajTcn, 
^aper^ nnb D^epreffalienbricfe ertheilcn, @elb \d){a^ 
gen, Staat^papiere erlaffen, mit \\i&jt6 anbcrem 
pd) erbieten, bie (Bd)ntb ^n be^aMen, aU mit ©olb^? 
nnb 8i(bermitn^en, feine S5annbill nnb fcin ©efefe 
mit riidiDirfenber ^raft, ober ein ©efctv weld^c^ 
ten an^ einem SSertrage cntfprnngcnenSSerbinbltd)^ 
feiten gnn?iber ift, erlaffen, and) feinen 5lbel^tite( 
tjerleil)en» 



117 

vessels bound to, or from, one state, be obliged io 
enter, clear,^ or pay duties, in another. 

§ 6. No money shall be drawn from the treasury, 
but in consequence of appropriations made by law ; 
and a regular statement and account of the receipts' 
and expenditures^ of all public money shall be pub- 
lished from time to time. 

§ 7. No title of nobility* shall be granted by the 
United States, and no person holding any office of 
profit or trust under ihem, shall, without the consent 
of the congress, accept of aiiy present, emolument, 
office, or title of any kind whatever, from any king, 
prince, or foreign state. 

Section Tenth. 

§ 1. No state shall enter into any treaty,^ alliance, 
or confederation -J grant letters of marque and re- 
prisal; coin money; emit^ bills of credit; make any 
thing but gold and silver coin a tender'' in payment 
of debts ; pass any bill of attainder, ex j^ost facto 
law or law impairing'" the obligation'^ of contracts, 
or grant'^ any title of nobility. 

1 umlabcn, auc^tafccn. — 2 tic ©nnna^mc. — 3 t>tc ?Cii5s 
QoOc. —4 t)cr 2(bc(5titc(.— 5 fccr SScrtrag. — 6 \}a^i> 58unt»5 
ni^. — 7 bcr Sunt, tic QScrOinbiing. — 8 ctlafTcn^au^gc? 
ben. —9 ba^ ?CncrOictcn. — 10 ycrmintcrn, fcbiviutcn. — 
11 tie ?Scrbint)(ic^fcit. — 12 tHnvtUigcn, !?cr(ci()cn. 



118 

§, 2. Mcin ©taat [oU of)ne3urtnnmiing bed (Son^ 
grefi'ed 3oEf tber Siuflagcn aiif (Jiiu- nub ^hi6fi\\)x^ 
axtihi Icgen,mtt5hidnal)mc bejTcn/ttJadmmmo^ng^ 
iid) \\oti)\vcnhiQ ^uv •Soltjlrecfmic] fctner S3caiiff(d)ti^ 
gungdgefe^e i\t^ mib ber reinc (Jrtrag alter 5lnfla^ 
gen unb S^We, bie in trgenb einem ©taate auf (5in^ 
ober 5(ndfnl)rartifel gelegt finb, foil bem ©taatd? 
frf)al^e ber SSereinigten (gtaatcn ^n gutfommcn, nnb 
alte berlei @cfc(3e follen ber 2)urd)fid)t nnb i^oiu 
trotte bei^ (Songrefifei? nnterworfen fetn. Mcin ^taat 
foK Dl)ne 3i^rti«tnuing bed ^ongreflfed irgenb ein 
^onnengelb erl)eben, ^rnppen ober ,Kriegdfd)i|fe in 
griebend^eiten l)alten, in irgenb eine Ucbereinfunft 
ober einen SSertrag niit einem anberen <Btaatc ober 
ciner fremben 5[)tad)t treten, nnb in einen MvicQ fid) 
eintaffen, ed fei benn, erwcrbe mirf(id) feinb(id) an> 
gefallen, ober ed bro()e il)m eine fo angenfdjeinlidje 
®efal)r, t>a^ fein SSer^ng s^^^ffe \^^* 

§. 1. X'ic anditbenbe ?0^ad)t foil Don einem ^rajT;* 
benten ber ^ereinigten (gtaaten Don 5lmerifa beflei^ 
bet tver^en. (5r foil fein 5lmt anf bie Daner vion 
t)ier 3al)ren inne l)aben nub snglcid) mit bem fiir 
ben gleid)en 3t'tfr«inn erwdblten 3Sice^^3rar(benten 
in folgenber 3lrtgeit)dl)(t iverben. 

§. 2. din jeber (Etaat beflimmt in ber 5(rr, une ed 
feine gefel^gebenbe 53eborbe einric()ten ivirb, eine 
3al)l Don iGdl)lern, bie gleid) bergan^en 3al)lbcr 



119 

§ 2. No state shall, -without the consent of the 
congress, lay an}' imposts or duties on imports or ex- 
ports, except -what may be absolutely necessary for 
executing its inspection laAYs; and the net^ produce of 
all duties and imposts, laid by any state on imports 
or exports, shall be for the use of the treasury of the 
United States ; and all such laws shall be subject to 
the revision^ and controP of the congress. No state 
shall, without the consent of congress, lay any duty 
of tonnage, keep troops, or ships of war, in time of 
peace, enter into any agreement* or compact with 
another state, or with a foreign power, or engage in 
war, unless actually invaded, or in such imminent^ 
danger as will not admit of delay .^ 

Article ii. Section First. 

§ 1. The executive'^ power shall be vested in a 
President of the United States of America. He shall 
hold his office during the term of four years, and to- 
gether with the Vice-President, chosen for the same 
terra, be elected as follows : 

§ 2. Each state shall appoint, in such manner as 
the legislature thereof may direct, a number of elec- 
tors equal to the whole number of senators and re- 



1 rctn. — 2 t)ic ®urd)ficl)t. — 3 bic ©cntrcirc, 2fufftcl)t, 
Ilc6cnvncl)un9. — 4 ticllcOcrcinfunft. — 5 t'rcr)cnb, augcn* 
fct)cintid). — 6 t)cr SScr^ug. — 7 tic augilOcnbc 9}?acbt. 



120 

©enatoreu itnb D^eprdfen tauten fct, gu bereit 3Ser* 
tretun(j im (5ongre|ye ber ©taat bcred'jri^t tjl; jebod) 
foU fein (Senator oberS^eprdfcntant, ober cine ^Vr^ 
fon^ b(e ein nnter ben SScreint^ten (Btaatcn ftcijcnf 
bed, befolbeted ober ($1)renamt befteibet, ^nm 
5BaI)(mann bcfleKt merben. 

§. 3. I^ic ^dt)[er follen jTd) in il)rcn ref»ecti»en 
©taaten ijerfammeln, unb bnrd) (Sfrntininm fiir 
jmei ^>erfonen jlimmcn, tt)ot)on (Sine menigften^ 
fein 5Q?iteintt?ol)ner il)red ©taated i)!, (Bic foUen 
einc ^ijle attcr berer, fiir hie gejlimmt tDorben, nub 
ber ^aiji ber 6timmen fiir eincn jeben Derfertigen, 
tt>eld)e ?i(^e jTe nnter^eic^nen, beglanbigcn nub v>cv^ 
(tegett nad) tern 6i$e ber D^egiernng ber Serciuigtcn 
'Btaaten^ nnter ber ^JInffd)rift an t>cn '^^rdfibenten 
bei^ ©enatd, iiberfenben foUcn. I^er ^>rdfibent bed 
i^enatd fcU bann in ©egenmart bed ^cnatd nnb 
bed 5;^anfed ber D^eprdfentanten alie ^erid)tc eri^jf:? 
nen, nnb l)ieranf foKen bic ©timmen gc^dblr ir»crbcn. 
X)ic}cn\QC ^Vrfon, mcid)e hie gropte 3ahi uon ^Btim^ 
men beftlAt, foil, menn fold)e3al)l bie^Dtajoritdt ber 
gan^cjt 3ahl bcflclltcr UGdblcr ift; ^Vdftbent wcv^ 
ben. 5fficnn aber ntehr aid einer ba i[t^ ber einc 
fold)e9Jiel)rl)cit nnb einc gletdie Stimmcnjal)! haben 
foUte, fo foil ha^ S>an^ ber DJcprdfcntanten nnmit^ 
telbar baranf eincn bawon bnrd)'d ©frntininm ^nm 
^prdfibcntcn iM()len. S^at jcbod) feincr cine ^JD^ajo^ 
ritdt, fo foil Da^ c\chad)tc .^and and ber 3^^^)^ ^^r 
fiinf (^rfleu tm SSer^eidjnijTe anf (}leid)e 5lrt hen 



121 

presentatives to which the state may be entitled in 
the congress: but no senator or representative, or 
person holding an office of trust or profit under the 
United States, shall be appointed an elector. 

§ 3. The electors shall meet^ in their respective 
states, and vote by ballot^ for two persons, of whom 
one at least shall not be an inhabitant of the same 
state with themselves. And they shall make a list 
of all the persons voted for, and of the number of 
votes for each ; which list they shall sign and certify,' 
and transmit,"* sealed, to the seat of the government of 
the United States, directed to the President of the Sen- 
ate ; who shall, in the presence of the Senate and House 
of Representatives, open all the certificates, and the 
votes shall then be counted.^ The person having the 
greatest number of votes shall be the President, if 
such number be a majority^ of the whole number of 
electors appointed ; and if there be more than one 
who have such majority, and have an equal number 
of votes, then the house of representatives shall im- 
mediately^ choo'se by ballot one of them for Presi- 
dent; and if no person have a majority, then, from 
the five highest on the list the said house shall in like 
manner choose the President. But, in choosing- the 



1 ftc^ ocrfammctn. — 2 t)a5 (SEriitinium, tcr SGa^ts 
icttct. — 3 bcglauOigcn. — 4 iiOcrfcntcn. — 5 3a ^(cn. 
— 6 ^ic 9}?cf)tf;cit. — 7 unmittctOar. 



122 



^rdjTbenteit mal)len. '^a abcx bei ber ^rafibeittett^ 
wa[)i hk (Btimmm nad:) ben ©taatcu genommeit 
it^erbeit, wohci bie 9?epvafentatton eine^ jeben <Btaaif 
tc^ 11 nr (iine ©tinime hat, fo foil bie fiir biefen 
3ti>ec? DoUildiibige 2hi^al)I an^ cinem ober nicl)reren 
^Otitglicbeni Don ^mei 2)ritt!)ei{en ber 5!J2it(]lieber ber 
©taaten beflel)en nnb eine Wlaioxitdt alter (Btaatcn 
gur ^at)l n5tl)ig fein» — 

giir jeben gali fott bie ^erfoit, it>eld)e nad) ber 
3Bal)l be^ ^3rdftbenten t)ic groyne ©timmenmef)vl)eit 
ber ^Bdbler befil^t, 2>ice4>rd)"ibent iverben. ©oK^ 
ten aber gVDei obcr inel)rere bauon Qkid)e ©timmen 
l)aben, fo foil ber (genat an^ il)nen bnrrf) ©frntininm 
ben SSicc^^Vdft'benten n?dl)len» 

§, 4. 25er (Songreg fann bie 3eit ^nr 5Bal;I ber 
2Bal)fmdnner nnb ben ZaQ, an n?elrf)em fie il)rc 
igtinimen ab^ngeben baben, bej^immen; tic\cv ZaQ 
foil ein mib berfelbe fiir He gan^en Sereinigten ^taa^ 
ten fein. 

§, 5. 9tnr ein nrfpriinglid) eingeborner ^iirger, 
ober (Jiner, ber SSiirger ber SSereinigten (^taaten 
^nr 3eit ber 2lnnal)nie biefer (Sonjlitntion war, fott 
gum ^rdfibenten n)al)(fdbi(] fein, 3^iemanb jebod), 
ber nidjt t>a^ fiuifnnbbreigigjle 3al}r erreid)t [)at, 
unb nid)t feit mr^eljn 3al)ren feinen 2Bol)nfi(5 in=» 
«erl)alb ber Sereinigten (Staatcn l}atte, 

§. 6. 3«« galle ber ^'ntfeljung bei^ ^Vdfibenten 
l)on feinem finite, feine^ 5lb|ierben^, SSergidjtlcillen^ 
ober feiner Unfdl)ic)feit, He ©ewalten unb f^i^ten 



123 

President, the votes shall be taken by states, the re- 
presentation from each state having one vote; a quo- 
rum for this purpose shall consist of a member or 
members from two thirds of the states, and a majori- 
ty of all the states shall be necessary to a choice. In 
every case, after the choice of the President, the per- 
son having the greatest number of votes of the elec- 
tors shall be the Vice-President. But, if there should 
remain two or more who have equal votes, the Senate 
shall choose from them by ballot the Vice-President. 

§ 4. The congress may determine^ the time of 
choosing the electors, and the day on which they 
shall give their votes; which day shall be the same 
throughout the United States. 

§ 5. No peison except a natural born' citizen, or a 
citizen of the United States at the time of the adop- 
tion^ of this Constitution, shall be eligible"' to the of- 
fice of President; neither shall any person be eligible 
to that office, who shall not have attained to the age 
of thirty-five years, and been fourteen years a resi- 
dent^ within the United States. 

§ 6. In case of the removal of the President from 
office, or of his death,*^ resignation, or inability^ to dis- 
charge^ the powers and duties of the said office, the 

1 tcfttmmcn. — 2 cinc^cOcrcn. — 3 bic Vfnnnfjmc. — 
4 wnf)lfa()tg. — 5 tcv 5Bcwcf)ncr. — 6 t)ct Sot», t>cig 
2(0rtcr0cn. — 7 tic llnfal)igfcit. — 8 nu^>uOcn. 



1*24 

bcfagten 5lnite^ au^juubcn, foil bafj'elbe bem ^ice^ 
^rdjTbeuten iibertraqen n)erben, and) fanu ber ^o\u 
gre^ burd)'^ ©efets fiir ben gaK bcr ^ntfctnnig t)om 
5lmtc wegen be^ ^obe^, ber 25erjtd)tleiftung ober 
Unfa()igfeit beiber, bc(^ ^H*dfibenteu me be^ Sice* 
^raftbeuten, ^Serfiigintg treffen, wcldjcv S3canUe 
at^bann bie ^>r(ifibeiUfct)aft nbernel)men foil, imb 
biefer S3eamte foil in @emdgl)eit bej]eu He (BtcUe 
befteiben, biii bie Unfdhicjfeit befeitigt cber ein ^)rd^ 
jTbent (]ewdl)lt feiu xvivt). 

§. 7. 2^er ^H'djlbent fott gii fe|l(]efel^ten ^eiten 
fiir feine IDienf^e einen ®cbalt er()alten, ber n?dl)* 
renb ber 1;^auer ber 3cit, fiir tie er gemdblt n^orben, 
meber erl)ol)t nod) i^erriugert n^erben barf, mib er 
fott intterl)alb biefer ^cit mtcv »on ben 2Sereini(jten 
^taatew^ nod) yon cinem ein^ehien berfelben irgenb 
cin anbere^ (5mo(nntent erl)alten. 

§. 8. S5or bent 5(ntritte feiner 5(mtd»errid)tnng 
foU er folgenbcn (Ht) ober feierlid)e^ ©elobni^ (eiften : 

§. 9- //3d) fd)more (ober (jefobe) l)icrmit feier^ 
„tid)ft,ba^ id) getren(id) bad 2(mtbed^>rdfibenten ber 
„55ereinigten Staaten ^ermalten, nnb nad) meinen 
„be|ten ^rdften bie SSerfaffnngber SSereinigten (Btaa^ 
„ten bemabren, befd)iH3en nnb i)ertl)eibigen mid." 

Sivcitcc 2C0fcl)nitt. 

§. 1. I^er ^Jrdfibent fott ber DberbefeI)lj^I)aber 
ber Jinnee nnb ber glotte ber Sercini.oten nnb ber 
2JJiIij ber »erfd)iebenen (Btaatcn fein, wenn biefe ^nm 



125 

same shall devolve' on the Vice-President, and the 
cono-ress ma}^ by law, provide for the case of removal, 
death, resignation, or inability, both of the President 
and Vice-President, declaring what officer shall then' 
let as President, and such officer shall act accord- 
ngly, until the disability be removed, or a Presi- 
dent shall be elected. 

§ 7. The President shall, at stated^ times, receive for 
his services, a compensation,"* which shall neither be 
increased nor diminished during the period for which 
he ^^hall have been elected ; and he shall not receive 
wiliiirV' that period any other emolument from the 
United States or any of them. 

§ 8. Before he enter on the execution^ of his office 
he shall take the following oath or affirmation : 

§ 9. "I do solemnly^ swear, (or affirm,) that I 
** will faithfully execute the office of President of the 
"United States, and will, to the best of my ability, 
" preserve, protect, and defend the Constitution of 
" the United States." 

Section Second. 

§ 1. The President shall be commander-in-chief of 
the army and navy of the United States, and of the 
militia of the seveial states, when called into the ac- 

1 ^ufallcn, iibcrtraiicn ivcfbcn. — 2 ati'bnnn. — 3 fols 
Qcfdit. — 4 Mc ^Ika-c^utinui, tcr ©cl)a(r. — 5 tnncrf)a(6. 
— 6 Mc 7(u6u0ung, tcr 2Cntvitt (cinc» ^(mtcf.) — 7 
fcicvltd). 



126 

acti^cnl^icnjltebev^ercinigten ©taateit benifen n)ori? 
ben ; cr Faun fcl)rift(id) bie 3lnfid)r unb'5[)tcinmi(] bcr 
obcrften S3eamtcn in jebcm bcr lunt^icbcnbcn dlcc^ien 
rungiifddjcr iiber ivQcnt) cincn ©cgcnjlanb, wcdher 
^u belt 2[^\n*pflidHuii(i^J' ^'^^'^^ rcfpcctivcn 5(nire!^ i]e^ 
l)5rt, iiarf)fiid)cn iiub bci^iehen, iiub fell bic ^1ad)t 
l)abcn, 5(uffd)ub bcr Strafe mib ©uabc fitr a{(c il>er^ 
gebungen (■jCi]en bic Scrcint.qtcn Staatcn^u crt()eilen, 
au6(3enommcn bci^;?liif{a(]cfa(ten wor bcm (Eeiiate» 

§. 2. (>r fo(( bie aVad)t baben, biird) imb mi't 
SScijiebung nnb 3iMtiniminin be^ (geiuifii Sertrage 
^11 iiiad)Cii, Doraiu^qcfcl5t, ia^ ^mei X^rittheife ber 
(genatorcn (]e(]cini>drti(] feicn, iinb il)m beitlimnicn, 
imb rjiit ^unrarb inib Siifti"' in mu"{ tc6 ^cuat6 foil 
er ©efaubre, anbcre effeiulidic ''Jjitiiiiler mib ^on? 
fulii, 9iid)ter bed oberftcn @erid]tdf)cfj^ luib alle 
anbcre ^MMinteu ber 'lscreini(3rcn (gtaaten crucimen 
unb einfdjcn fbnncn, iiber bcren ^Infteiliiug {)icxm 
mi)t anf anbcre ^Ccife giirfortic getroffen ill, nnb 
bic bnrd) cin ©cfcl) angcerbnet iverben. 2^er iioixf 
gre^ fann jcbcd) gcfcl^;(id) t^ie 5ln)"tellung aller fol^ 
d)er UntcrbcanUcn, wic cr cd fiir bicnlid) cracljtet^ 
cnh\)ebcr bem ^rdfibcnten a(lcin,obcr t)en Qkncht^f 
l)i3fen, ober ben (5l)efi? ber Diegicrungefddjer iibcr^ 
tragcn. 

§. 3. T)cv ^rdjTbent fott hie ®maU babcn, alle 
erlcbigte etcllen, bie n>dbrenb ber Slns^fcisnng ber 
gi(5nngcn bci^ Scnati:^ etwa fid) ^eigcn bnrfrcn, 
bnrd) (irtl)eilnn(]cn Don proinforifd)cn ^efta Unngen, 



127 

tiiaP service of tlie United States; he may require the 
opinion,- in writing, of the principal officer in eacii of 
the executive departments, upon any subject relating 
to tlie duties of tlieir respective oflices, and lie shall 
have power to grant repiieves^ and pardons for of- 
fences'* against the United States, except in cases of 
impeachment. 

§ 2. He shall have power, by and with the advice 
and consent of the Senate, to make treaties,'' provided 
two-thirds of the senators present concur;^ and he 
shall nominate, and by and with the advice and con- 
sent of the Senate, shall appoint^ ambassadors, other 
public Ministers and Consuls, Judges of the supreme 
couit, and all other officers of the United States, 
whose appointments are not herein otherwise piovid- 
ed for, and which shall be established by law : but 
the congress may by law vest^ the appointment of 
such inferior officers as they think proper,^ in the 
President alone, in the courts of law,^° or in the 
heads^^ of departments. 

§ 3. The President shall have power to fill up all 
vacancies that may happen during the recess of the 



1 njtvf(id), actit>. — 2 bic gjjcinung. — 3 bcc 2(uf* 
fcl)ul), t)ic ^rift. — 4 bic iScrgcluinp, bag aScrgcfjcn. — 
5 tcv ^Scrtrag. — 6 t'ciftimmcn. — 7 cntcnncn. — 8 
iibcvtragcn. — 9 gccignct, bicnlid). — 10 Dec ©cricbt^^jof. 
— - 11 ba5 .^nupt, bcc 6()Cf. 



128 

tie am (Sdjfufle ter itdd)|Ien ©ifeuit^ M Senate 
erlofrf)eu foKen, wieber 511 befel^eu. 

£)rittct ?(b[d)nitt. 

§» 1. (5r foil bem (5ongre§ Don 3^it ^it 3cit S^acf)^ 
ricl)t iibcr ten 3u|^^nb bcr Union geben unb bcjjeit 
^rttjagnng fold)c yjia^regcln cmpfeblcn, mc cr jTe 
fiir notl)i(5 unb gtvecfbicndd) t)a(t; cr barf, bci an^ 
ferorbentlid)er ©clegenhcit, beibe .^anfer ober cin^ 
bawon ^nfammenrnfen, nnb im galle, t>a^ fie iiber 
it)re 35ertagnn(]ei^eit nid)l: ctni(] mit einanber wcrbeu 
fonnen, fann er tbre ©ilsnng hi^ ^n bcm il)m Qcd^^ 
net fd)cinenben B^itpnnfte tjcrta.qcn. 

§. 2, (5r foil tic (Sjcfanbtcn nnb anbcre effcntd'^ 
d)c 5lbgeorbnctc empfant]en ; cr foil (Boyqq fiir t)iQ 
gcrrcnlid)e i^anbhabnng bcr ©cfcl^c tvaQcn nnb bie 
SScflallnngcn a Her Dfncicre ber 2>ercinigten 'Btaatm 
au^fertigen. 

•SSici-tcr ?CO|'d)nitt. 

§. !♦ ^er ^rdfibcnt, SSice^^rdfibcnt nnb alle (5i^ 
tjUbcamte ber SScreinigten ©taaten foKen ibrer 
©tellcn cntfej^t roerben, anf SlnflacjC nnb Uebcrfnl)j' 
rnng k)or bem Senate \vc(\cn ^>odiv>erratbiv ^cflcf 
d)nng, ober anberer bol)en2>erbrcd)cn nnb ?i>cri}cl)cn. 

WittiUi liff. — e-r|lci- ?Cbid)nitt. 

§. I, X)ie tid)terlid)e ©emaft bcr ^>crcluu]reu 
©taaten foil \)on cincm obcnini ®orid)rc^[)ofe unb 



120 

senate, by granting commissions, which shall expire' 
at the end of their next session. 

Section Third. 

§ 1. He shall, from time to time, give to the con- 
gress information" of the State of the Union, and re- 
commend to their consideration^ such measures as he 
shall judge necessar}' and expedient ;"* he may, on ex- 
traordinary occasions, convene^ both houses, or either 
of them ; and in case of disagreement^ between tliera 
with respect to the time of adjournment, he may ad- 
journ tliem to such time as he shall think proper. 

§ 2. He shall receive ambassadors and other pub- 
lic ministers; he shall take care that the laws be faith- 
fully^ executed, and shall commission^ all the officers 
of the United States. 

Section Fourth. 

§ 1. The President, Vice-President, and all civil 

officers of the United States shall be removed from 

office on impeachment for, and conviction of, treason,^ 

bribery,^" or other high crimes'^ and misdemeanors.^^ 

ARTICLE III. Section First. 

§ 1. The judiciaP" power of the United States 
shall be vested in one Supreme Court, and in such 

1 crtofcbcn, auftaufcn. — 2 fcic 9fIac()rtcM. — 3 Mc (Srs 
rocigunq. — 4 ;5n)fcfMcn(tc(). — 5 ;;ufamnu'nrufcn. — 6 Mc 
g}Zctnmu-\^)?crfcbicbcn(H'it, Mc 9}?ip()cUi(\fctr. — 7 Qctrou; 
M). — 8 tH-ftallon, Mc ^^c|"taUuni-\ nu?fcrtic\cn. — 9 ^cr 
SScrvntf). — 10 Me S^cftccbunp. — u fail 5r>cvtn'cd);n, — 
12 ta? iJ3crgcl)cn. — 13 vid)tor(id). 



130 

fotd)ert Uuter9erirf)t^l)ofeii beffeibet tt)erben, xoie jTe 
ber dongreg Don ^cit ^uB^it i^ererbncn iinb eiurid}^ 
ten mag» S)te Diid)ter bc^ obcrjlcn S)cf^ mie bcr 
unteren ®erirf)t^l)ofe foUeit, fo laitge jTe jTd) eine^ 
guten S5etragen^ befleigigen, i()ve Stemter bel)a(tcn 
iiub ^u fej^gefelster 3t^it fill' il)^^ Dienjle eine ®elb^ 
ijergutung empfaugen, bie tudl)rcub ber Saner il)reir 
^imt^befleibung nid}t ijcrringert n?erbcu bavf. 

Siojcitcf ?C()fd)nitt. 

§. 1» 2)te rid)terli(i)e &mait foK jTd) aii^be{)nen 
iiber atte gdKc Don ®cfe|5 nnb 58idigfeit, hie nnter 
biefer (Sonftitntion, nnter hm ©efel^en ber ^Bereinigi* 
ten ^taatcn nnb ben nnter ber Slntoritdt berfelben 
gemad)ten ober nod) ^n mad)enben SSertrdijen jTd) 
ereignen ; iiber aUc gdtte, hie ©efanbte nnb anbere 
5jfenttid)e ®efd)dft^trdger nnb (^onfnht betrejfen ; 
itber alle gdKe ber 5lbnuralitdt nnb (5eegcrid)tdbar* 
fett; iiber 6treittgfeiten, u>orin bte 35ereinfgtett 
©taaten eine ^Aartl)ei bilben ; iiber (Streitigfeiten 
5n)ifd)en ^tt>eien ober mel)reren ©taaten; ^mifd]en 
einem ©taate nnb ben 55iirgern eine^ anberen 
(Staated ; ^tt>ifd)en ben SSiirgern Derfd)iebener ^taa^ 
ten ; gtt>ifd)en 33iirgern eined nnb beffelben ^taate^, 
n)eld)e anf l^dnbercien, hie iijnen nnter 9tcd)t^titein 
Don Derfd)iebenen (Btaaten gemdl)rt morben jTnb, 
5lnfpriid)e madden nnb ^nji'fdjen einem ^taate ober 
beffen SSiirgern nnb fremben ^taaten, beren ^iir^ 
gem ober Untertljanen. 



131 

inferior courts as the Congress may from time to time 
ordain and establisli. The judges, both of the su- 
preme and inferior courts, shall hold their offices 
during good behaviour,' and shall, at stated times, 
receive for their services, a compensation, which 
shall not be diminished during their continuance' 
in office. 

Section Second, 

§ 1. The judicial power shall extend^ to all cases, 
in law and equity,"* arising under this Constitution, the 
laws of the United States, and treaties made, or which 
shall be made, under their authority; to all cases af- 
fecting^ ambassadors, other public ministers and con- 
suls; to all cases of admiralty and maritime jurisdic- 
tion;*^ to controversies^ to which the United States 
shall be a party ; to controversies between two or 
more states, between a state and citizens of another 
state, between citizens of different states, between 
citizens of the same state claiming lands under grants 
of different states, and between a state, or the citizens 
thereof, and foreign^ states, citizens, or subjects.^ 



1 fea5 JBctraucn. — 2 feic Snucr, ^crtfcnucr. — 3 jtc^ 
(ui^^t)cl)ncn, fid) crffvcrfcn. — 4 tic JBilUgfcit. — 5 Oc? 
trcffcnb. — 6 bic ®crtcl)tc>0ar!cit. — 7 t>ic (Strcitigfcit. 
— 8 frcmt. — 9 tec llntcrtljan. 



132 

§. 2. 3rt alien gdUen, \ve{d)c ©efanbte unb an^ 
bere ojfentIid)e S5e»oKnidd)ti3tc iinb (lonfuln be^ 
trejfcn, unb in fc(d)en, wo cin ©taat elite ^artl)ei 
t(l, foK ber oberRe 5?of urfpritnc^ndje ®erid)tobarfeit 
beOtpcu. 3n aUen anbereu t)oii)er ern)d()uteu gdUeit 
foil ber Dberjl:e®end)t^l)efbie5tppel(ation^?®end)t{^^ 
barfeit l)abeu, fowol)! in ©ad)en \t)ai^ D^Jediten!^, al6 
wa^ tic Zi)Cit betrijft, mit fo(d)cn 5(u(^nal)men nnb 
nnter fold)en ^Inorbnnngen, me fic ber (Sengreg 
ma&)cn tvirb. 

§. 3. I)te @erid]t6'»erl)anbhing itber aEe SSerbrei^ 
rf)eu, intt 5lneinabnic ber 5inflage i)or bem ^e^* 
nate, foE bnrd)'i^ ®efd)Wornen(3ertd)t gefd)el)en nnb 
ein fold)ei^ 23crfal)ren m bcnjenifjen (Btaatcn Qel)aU 
ten werben, wortn t^a^ 2Serbred)en begangen nnirbc; 
wenn c$ aber nid)t innerf)alb cine^ ber <Btaatcn 
becjangen ttjorben, fo foil bie @erid)t^t)er{)anbfnng 
an ben SDrten (]el)a(ten iDerben, hie ber (Songrcg 
bajnbnrd)'(^ ©efe^ beftimnU l)aben wtrb. 

2)tlttcr ?[6fc()nitt. 

§♦ 1. 5^od)t)crratl) gegen tic SSereintgten <Btaaten 
foU nnr in ciner ^rre(]nn,q eine^ ^riec^ei^ gec^en bie^ 
felben, cbcr lit cinem 5{nhan(] an hevcn geinbe, in^ 
bem bicfen S')hi\e nnb Unterfliilinng geleiilet mirb, 
be|lel)en. Siiemanb foil be^ 5>Hi)»erratl)d libera 
n?iefen mcrben, al^ anf Bf'nO"^? ^meier 3<-'"3f*i ^on 
emer nnb bcrfclben ojfcn bcgangenen 2;i)at, ober 
auf ©eftdnbnig im ojfenen ®erid}t^l)ofe» 



133 

§ 2. In all cases affecting ambassadors, other pub- 
lic ministers and consuls, and those in which a state 
shall be a party, the supreme court shall have origi- 
nal jurisdiction. In all the other cases before men- 
tioned, the supreme court shall have appellate juris- 
diction, both as to law and fact,^ with such excep- 
tions, and under such regulations as the Congress 
shall make. 

§ 3. The trial of all crimes, except incases of im- 
peachment, shall be by jury ;^ and such trial shall be 
held in the state where the said crimes shall have 
been committed;^ but when not committed within 
any state, the trial shall be at such place or places as 
the Congress may by law have directed. 

Section Third. 

§ 1. Treason against the United States shall con- 
sist only in levying^ war against them, or in adhering'' 
to their enemies, giving them aid and comfort. No 
person shall be convicted of treason unless'^ on the 
testimony^ of two witnesses^ to the same overt^° act, 
or on confession in open court. 



1 urfprunglid). — 2 bic Sf)at. — 3 t)a<> ®cfd)ix>orncns 
9crict)t. — 4 Ocgc^cn. — 5 crccgcn, anfangcn. — 6 anfjan^ 
gen, _ 7 aupcr. — 8 bag Scugni^. — 9 bet Scugc. — 10 
offcn, offcnOar. 



134 

§. 2. 3}cr (Icit(]reg foil bic (3malt habcn, tsk 
©tvafe \^c^ S^odj'ocY^ati)^ gii lu'|li'mmen, abcv feine 
6ffent(id]e Ueberweifiino t)c<^ Sydj'ocxratljn^ \oU eU 
itcn 6d)anbflecf auf fetnc gamilie ir>erfen, ober 23er^ 
niogen^/doiifidfation, aii^er mal)renb ber ?eben^^ 
bauer be^ Uebern)iefeneii, bewtrfen. 

^rtif cl IT. — (Svftcc 2Cbfc^nttt. 

§. 1. SSoKcr ©faitbe itnb (Srebit fott in jebem 
©taate ben offein(id)en 5lftcit, Urfunbcn iinb rid)* 
ternd)en Serfaf)ren eine^ jebcn aubcrcn ©taate^ 
gegebcn n)erbeu, iinb ber (^onijreg faitit, biird) attqc* 
mei'ne ©efej^e, hie 5lrt iinb 5Geife t)orfd)reiben, aiif 
bte foldjc Slftcu, Urfmiben unb vid)ter(id)e 2>erfa()ren 
erprobt U)erben lutb me(d)e^ t()re ^irfung feiit foK. 

Swcitcr ?COfcl)nitt. 

§. 1. 3)te ^iirger eme^ jebeit ©taate^ foKen ^u 
oUeit 3Sorred)ten imb greil)eiten ber ^iirger in ben 
t)erfd)iebenen <Btaaten bered)tf(jt fein. 

§, 2. (^uie^Vrfon, bte in irgcnb cinem (Btaatc be^ 
SSerratl)^, ber ge(onie ober einei^ anberen ^erbred)en^ 
angeflagt, t)or ber^ufli^ fliel)t nnb in einem anberen 
©taate befnnben ir>irb, fott auf 33e(}el)ren ber an^^ 
iibenben @ett)alt beeijenigen ©taat(^, an^ bent ffe 
entflol)en, an^geliefert nnb in ben ^taat ^nriicfge^ 
brad)t n)erben, ber bie @erid)t^barfeit itber ta^ 
2Serbred)en IjaU 



135 

§ 2. The congress shall have power to declare the 
punishment of treason, but no attainder^ of treason 
shall work corruption of blood, or forfeiture,^ except 
during the life of the person attainted. 

Article iv. Section First. 

§ 1. Full faith and credit shall be given in each 
state to the public acts, records,^ and judicial proceed- 
ings of every other state. And the congress may, by 
general laws, prescribe'* the manner in which such acts, 
records, and proceedings shall be proved, and the 
efiect"^ thereof. 

Section Second. 

§ 1. The citizens of each state shall be entitled^ to 
all privileges and immunities'' of citizens in the seve- 
ral states. 

§ 2. A person charged^ in any state with treason, 
felony, or other crime, who shall flee^ from justice,'" 
and be found in another state, shall, on demand of the 
executive authority of the state from which he fled, 
be delivered up,'' to be removed to the state having 
jurisdiction of the crime. 

1 tic 9ccic()t{id)c llcGctfii^vung, llcOcnvcifung. — 2 aScrs 
m6gcni>ccnfi:^EQtion. — 3 t)icllrEunt)c. — 4 iiorfd)rctOcn. 
— 5 tic SBSii'hing. — 6 ()crcd)tt9t. — 7 tic ^^rciljcit. — 8 
anflagcn. — 9 flicl)Ciu — 10 tic ©crcdjtiQecit, 3u|lt3. — 11 
oueticfcrn. 



136 

§. 3. D^temaitb, ber in eiitem ^taatc ^n ^ienfl 
ober ^vheit md) ben ©efe^eit gel)alten ift, imb in 
etnen aitbereu entfliel)t, fott in gofge irgenb eme^ 
®efel)c^ ober (5turirf)tiing i)terut, Don foId)em 2)ienfl 
ober SIrbeit entlajtet merben ; fonbent fott auf gor^^ 
beriing berjcntgeu '^>artt)ei, ber er l^ienjl ober 5Jr* 
belt fctjulbig ij^, audgeliefert tt)erben. 

2)nttct: 2(bfcbnitt. 

§, 1. 9fieue (Btaatcn fonnen burcf) oen ^Jongreg 
in t:>ic Union anfgenommen n)erben,aber fein neuer 
^taat barf innerl)atb ber ©eridjtdbarfett trgenb 
cine(? anberen ^taate^ gebilbet ober errtcf)tet tt)er^ 
ben ; and) barf fetn ^tacit bnrd) SSereintgnng t)on 
gwei ober niebreren (Btaatcn ober ^beilen uon 
©taaten gebilbet merben, ol)ne 3uftimmnng ber ^c^ 
fe^gebenben S5el)orbe ber betbeiligten <Btaaten fo^ 
iDobt, ai^ be^ ^ongrefle^. 

§. 2. ^er (longreg foil bte ©emalt baben, iiber 
ha^ ©ebiet ober anbere^ ben SSereinigten 'Btaaten 
QeljhiQe^ (5igentl)nm ^n Derfiigen, nnb riicffattlicf) 
beflfen atte notl)n?enbi(]e 3Serorbmin(]cn nnb dinvid)^ 
tnngen ^n ntad[)en : nnb (^ fell nid)t!^ in biefer ^on^ 
jlitntion ^ntl)a(tene fo an^gefegt merben, ha^ bar* 
and ben 2(nfpriid)en ber SSereinigten iStaaten ober 
irgenb eine^ ^in^dftaat^ cin '^ad)tl)eil ermadjfett 
fonne* 



137 

§ 3. No person held to service or labor in one 
state, under the laws thereof, escaping^ into another, 
shall, in consequence of any law or regulation there- 
in, be discharged^ from such service or labor, but 
shall be delivered up on claim^ of the party to whom 
such service or labor may be due/ 

Section Third, 

§ 1. New states ma}'- be admitted*^ by the congress 
into this Union ; but no new state shall be formed or 
erected within the jurisdiction of any other state; nor 
any state be formed by the junction^ of two or more 
states, or parts of states, without the consent of the 
legislatures of the states concerned, as well as of the 
congress. 

§ 2. The congress shall have power to dispose of, 
and make all needfuF rules and regulations respect- 
ing the territory^ or other property belonging to the 
United States ; and nothing in this Constitution shall 
be so construed^ as to prejudice^" any claims of the 
United States, or of any particular^^ state. 



1 cntfttcf)cn. — 2 cnttafTcn. — 3 bic ^orbcrung. — 4 
fcl)ult)ig.— 5 iu (affcn, nufncrimcn. — 6 blc *:Bcrclni9img. 

— 7 nct^njcnbtg. — 8 t)fi5 ®c6ict. — 9 au>Mcgcn, ccEicircn. 

— 10 bcnad)t()ci(i9cn, fcbnbcn. — 11 Ocfcnbcr, ctnicln. 



138 



SSicrtci* ?C(-fd)nttt. 
^ie SScrcinigteu <Btaaten fettcn jcbcm ©taate in 
ber Union cine vcpublifanifd)e D^ecjicrnng^form (]a^ 
rantiren : fie foUen cinen jeben bcrfelben gegcn diiu 
fall »on 3(u^en nnb anf 5Infiirf)cn bcr (]e|H^gebenbcn 
ober Dcllflrecfcnben ^^emalt (menn bie crjlere nidit 
Derfannnelt trcrben fann) cjegen (5)en?a(ttl}dtic}feit 
im ^nncrn befdjiit^en. 

^cr (longreg fott ^u jcber 3^^^/ ^f"" ^^ S^^^ 
X5rittl)cile beibcr i^^anfer fiir notl)ig erad)ten tt>erben, 
SSerbefl'ernngen nnb S^\\ai}c ^n biefer (^cnftitntion 
t)orfcf)Iagen, ober er foil anf©efnd] ber@efcl5gebung 
t)on jwei 1^rittl)ei(en ber einjelnen <Btaatcn eineu 
^on»ent ^nm2[>orfd)(agt)on3Serbej|erungen bernfcn, 
ttjeld)e in beiben gdUen nad) it)rem gan^en 3Hi)oItf 
itnb 3wecfe ai^ Zi)cile biefer (Sonjlitntion gelren 
foKen, fobatb ai^ f^e bnrd) bie gcfel^gebenbe S5e()6rbe 
Don brei 2Siertl)ei(en ber eingelnen (^taaten, ober von 
(5on»enten in brei 3Siertl)eilen berfelben genebnii.gt 
worben finb, ha bie cine ober hie anbere 5lrt ber ®e^ 
nel)mi(jnng»om (Songrejfeyorgefdjlagen merbennia.q, 
iinter ber ^Sebingnng, baf5 feine Dor bem "^abrc 1808 
gemad)t werbenbe 3Serbeffernng anf irgenb eine 
5[Beife bie er(Te nnb bie Dierte (ilanfcl in bem nenn? 
ten 5lbfd)nitt be^ erflen 5(rtife(c^ Derle^f, nnb big 
fein Staaf, ol)ne feine (^inuMllignng, feiner glcidien 
(5timmred)te im ©enate beranbt miirbe. 



139 

Section Fmrth. 

§ 1. The United States shall guarantee* to every 
state in this Union a republican form of government, 
and shall protect each of them against invasion f and 
on application^ of the legislature, or of the executive, 
(vhen the legislature cannot be convened,) against 
domestic* violence.^ 

Article v. 

§ 1. The congress, whenever two-thirds of both 
houses shall deem^ it necessary, shall propose amend- 
ments to this Constitution, or, on the application of 
the legislatures of two-thirds of the several states, 
shall cnll a convention for proposing amendments, 
which, in either case, shall be valid'^ to all intents and 
purposes, as part of this Constitution, when ratified' 
by the legislatures of three-fourths of the several 
states, or by conventions in three-fourths thereof, as 
the one or the other mode of ratification may be pro- 
posed by the congress : Provided, that no amend- 
ment, which may be made prior^ to the year one 
thousand eight hundred and eight, shall, in any man- 
ner, effect'" the first and fourth clauses in the ninth 
section of the first article ; and that no state, without 
its consent, shall be deprived" of its equal suffrage in 
the senate. 

1 caranttrcn, ®cn)oibr (cifton. — 2 bcr (SinfaU r»cn ?ru(}cn.. 
— 3 ^aj; Gk'fucl), tas ?fnfuci[)cn — 4 {)auv'ticb, inncrtid), — 
5 fcic ®i'iva(ttbdti(^fcit. — 6 bcurt()ci(cn, cracl)tcn. — 7 o^ixU 
tic^. — 8 c\ciu'bnuc(cn. — 9 i\)i, Ocpor. — 10 bcru^rcn,krs 
U'^cn. — ilOcraubcn 



140 



5Xtiifcl VI. 

§♦ 1. 5lttc i)or ber 5lnnal)me tiefer ^onflitution 
fontral)irten @d)itlbeu unb eingec^aitgcnen S5erbinb;» 
lid)feiteu follcit eben fo giUtij; gegen tie SSereinigtcn 
©taaten unter bicfcr SSerfajTung fein, at^ unter hex 
^onfoberation. 

§, 2. X)icfe (Sonftitution unb bte ®efe^e ber S5er^ 
einigten ©taaten, bie in golge berfclbeu gcmarfit 
VDCvbeit, fo tt)ie al(e inUer bcr Slutoritat bev -Serei? 
nigtcn ©taaten bcrcit^ gemattten ober uC'd) 311 ma^ 
cf)enben 35crtrdge foKcn bas^ bodiftc ?aiibee'i}cfel; unb 
fiir bie 91id)ter einc^ jcbcn ^taate^ binbcnb fein, 
tt)enn and) dtwa^ in ber (^cnjluntian ober in ben 
@efel}en irgenb eine^ ©taatei:? ba(]egen ware. 

§. 3. ^ie t)orern?dl)nten ©enatoren nnb 9?eprd^ 
fentanten, bie OJ^itglieber ber t)erfd)iebenen ^taat^^ 
legi^laturen nnb atlc Seamte ber »ol(flrecfenben 
unb rid)terlid)cn ©ewalten, ber 3Sereini(3ten fo tvie 
ber ein^elnen ©taaten, foUen bnrd) (Sibfd)mnr ober 
feierlid)e^ ©elobnif? ^nr^lnfredjtbaltnngbiefer (5on^ 
flitntion »erpflid)tet iverbcn ; ted) foil fein reficjibfer 
^riifnncj^eib ^ur 33efdl)i(]nn(], irgenb ein t)on ben 
S5creini,qten ^taaten auj^.gebenbe^ 5lmt ober cine 
ojfentlid)e Dbliegenl)eit gn bef(eiben, jemal^ geforbert 
merben. 



i. 1. X)ie ®enel)mignn(] ber Uebereinfnnft t)oit 



141 



Article vi. 

§ 1. All debts contracted^ and engagements' en- 
tered into, before the adoption^ of this Constitution, 
shall be as valid against the United States under this 
Constitution, as under the confederation. 

§ 2. This Constitution, and the laws of the United 
States which shall be made in pursuance'' thereof; 
and all treaties made, or which shall be made, under 
the authority of the United States, shall be the su- 
preme law of the land ; and the judges in every state 
shall be bound thereby, any thing in the constitution 
or laws of any state to the contrary notwithstanding.® 

§ 3. The senators and representatives before men- 
tioned,^ and the members of the several state legisla- 
tures, and all executive and judicial oflficers, both of 
the United States, and of the several states, shall be 
bound, by oath^ or affirmation,^ to support this Con- 
stitution ; but no religious test'-^ shall ever be required^" 
as a qualification^^ to any office or public trust under 
the United States. 

Article v^ii. 

§ 1. The ratification^^ of the conventions of nine 
states, shall be sufficient for the establishment of 

1 macl)cn, ccntra{)ircn (yen ©cl)u(t)cn). — 2 t\c iScrOtnb; 
licbfcit. — 3 t>ic ?f nna()mc. — 4 t)ic ^cl.qc. — 5 un9cad)tct. 
— 6 crn)a()ncn. — 7 bcr (Sitfd)iviir. — 8 ta^i fcuT(id)C (5k*s 
tu(>tic — 9 tct rcligiofc 5'Prufl^uvoci^.— 10 iH'r(aiuu'n, fers 
'o<rn. — 11 l)ic a3cfaf)tgung. — 1:2 tic 03 cue () 1111311119. 



142 

tteuen <Btaaten foil I)inretcl)cnt5 ^ur (Jrrirfjtmtg bte^ 
fer (Sonftitution 5tt)ifd)ett ben tJiefelbe ratifi^irenben 
<Btaatm fein> 



fSethciictnn^cn nnb 3«fa^c jtt 
bet ^onftituiii>n* 

5lrtifel I. 

T)er ^ongreg foil fein ©efet) erlaffcn biirfen, fcc:? 
jitgltd) aiif (5infiil)rung ciuer Dfleltgion (©taat^^' 
religion) ober xva^ beren freie 5ludiibiing l)inbcrr, 
nod) ©efel^e, woburcl) bie grei()eit ber ^l^reflfe, ober 
ba^ ^ecl)t be^ SSolf^, firf) frieblid) ^u »erfammeln 
unb bei ber DfJegientno urn 5lbi)iilfc i?on ^efcl)n?erbett 
gu bitten, yerfiir^t werben. 

Slrtifel II. 

X>a einen?of)lein(3eric{)tete2BeI)rfd)aft (5i}iili^) ^nr 
©icl)ert)eit eine^ freien (Staatec^ notl)n3cnbi(] ifl, fo 
foa ba^ dlcd)t bed SSoIfd, ^affcn gn [)alten nnb ^u 
tragen, xxidt^t eingefcl)rdnft vverbcn. 

^Irtifel III. 
^ein ©olbat foil in griebenc^^eiten in irgenb ein 
S>an^ ol)ne Sett>illignn(] bejfen (5i(]entl)iimer(^ ein? 
quartirt werben biirfen; nnb in ^riec^^^eiren nnr 
in ber bnrcl) ha^ @efe^ 5:)or(]efcl)riebenen 21rt iinb 
^eife. 



143 

tliis Constitution between the states so ratifying the 



AMENDMENTS^ TO THE CONSTITUTION. 



Article i. 

Congress shall make no law respectmg an estab 
lishment of religion, or prohibiting^ the free exercise 
thereof; or abridging^ the freedom of speech, or of 
the press; or the right of the people peaceably"* to 
assemble, and to petition the government for a re- 
dress" of grievances.'^ 

Article ii. 

A well regulated militia being necessary to the 
security^ of a free state, the right of the people to 
keep^ and bear^ arms shall not be infringed.^** 

Article hi. 

No soldier shall, in time of peace, be quartered^* in 
any house, without^' the consent of the owner ; nor 
in time of war/^ but in a manner to be prescribed 
by law.^* 

1 SScrbcfTcrungcn unb Sufagc — 2 f)int)crn. — 3 ttcrHtr* 
sen, fc{)ma(ctn. —4 fvlcMicl). — 5 bic ?(Of)u(fc. — 6 btc JBc* 
fcl)a>ci:t)C. — 7 btc ® id)cr()cit. — 8 ()attcu. — 9 tragcn. — 10 
cinfcbraufcn, ()int)crn. — 11 cinqunrtivcn. — 12oF)nc, — 
1 3 bcr (Si3cnt()umcv. — 14 bcc ^ricg. 



144 



5lrttfet IV. 

X5a^ 9f?cd)t be^ SSoIf^, fTrf)er in feiner ^Vrfon, fei^ 
lien 5^aufent, ^apteren nub (Sjfeftcn Dor itnbtUigen 
^fcad^fiirfjungen unb S3efd)(a(]nal)me ^u fein, fott 
xxid)t i)er(el3t unb feine rid)tcr(id)cn S)aft^^ nnb 53c:f 
fd)(a,qnal)m^befel)(e fotlcn, ol)ne bmci^iid)c,anf dit 
obcr feierlid)e^ ©elobni^ gcftiiine Urfad)e, nnb ol)ne 
ba9 ber ^u untcrfud)enbc SDrt nnb t)ic gn i)er()aften^ 
ten ^Vrfonen obcr ©cgenflanbe an^fit()rlid)|l bc^ 
fc^rieben worbcn, crlajjen tt>erbcn. 

nxtitei V. 

5^iemanb fott wegen etne^ (^aifiitaU obcr anbcrcn 
infamircnbcn 35crbrccf)cn^ anber^ ^u 9?cb' nnb hints' 
ti:)ort gc[)artcn fcin, a(^ anf cine Slnflage ber ©ranbs' 
3nri), niit 5(n^nat)«ie in ben, M ber ?anb? nnb 
©eemad)t, obcr in ber ^JJJifij, wenn biefelbc in 3ci^ 
ten be0 ^riej]^ obcr offcnttid^er ©efahr |Td) im attU 
»en ^icnft bcfinbet, Dorfonnncnben gciUen. 5(nd) 
foU S^iemanb wcgen cinc^ nnb beffclbcn 2Ser(^ebcn^ 
^tt?cima( in @efal)r nm ^nb nnb ^eben .qcfel^t, and) 
nid]t in irgenb einem (Sriminalfattc genotliiqt werben, 
Sengni^ gcqcn jTd) felbfl ab^nteqen ; nod) anber^, 
ali^ anf qehorigcn (]cfel3(id)en SSorqang, bc^ ?ebcn^, 
ber yVffibcit ober bc^ (Ji.qentbnm^ bcranbt, nnb fein 
^rioatcigcntl)nm ^n offcntlid)cm ®ebrand)e nnb 
^lut^en, ol)ne gcred)te SScrgiitung, genommen wer^ 



145 



Article iv. 



The right of the people to be secure* in their per- 
sons, houses, papers, and effects, against unreasonable* 
Bearches' and seizures,^ shall not be violated ; and no 
warrants" shall issue,^ but upon probable cause sup- 
ported by oath or affirmation, and particularly des- 
cribing the place to be searched, and the persons or 



things to be seized. 



Article v. 



No person shall be held to answer for a capital or 
otherwise infamous'' crime, unless on a presentment 
or indictment* of a grand jury, except in cases arising 
in the land or naval forces, or in the militia, when 
in actual service, in time of war or public danger ; 
nor shall any person be subject for the same offence 
to be twice^ put in jeopardy^" of life or limb ;" nor 
shall he be compelled, in any criminal case, to be a 
witness against himself, nor be deprived of life, liberty, 
or property, without due^^ process of law ; nor sha,ll 
private property be taken for public use without 
just'^ compensation. 

1 ftcf)cr. — 2 unt^crnunfttg, untnUtg. — 3 bic 0iacl)fud)un9. 

— 4 t)ic 93cfcf)(n9naf)mc. — 5 tec ^foaft^oOcfc^t. — 6 crtaffcn. 

— 7 cntcf)rcnb. — 8 t»ic oftcntUcl)C 2(nHagc uccfccr Sun).— 
9 jwctmnt. — 10 tic ®cfal)r. — 11 ta^ ©tict, tec ii'il), — 
12 gc^orig. — 13 gccccl)t. 



146 



5lrtifel VI. 

fdci alien pcinlirfjen @crid)tdi>erl)anblintgen foil 
ber Slnoeflagte bad Dicrf]t cincd rafd]en mib b^cnt^ 
lirf)en SSerfat)rend turd) cine iiiipartl}eiifd)c 2urt) bc^^ 
©taarcd iinb S3qirfd gentcgeu, woviu bad SSerbrc? 
djcix begangen wiirbe, and) Jiiug ber SSe^irf t)orI)cr 
burd)'d @e|cl^ fcft audqemadit unb ber Slngeflacjtc 
iiber t)ie '^atiiv unb Urfad^e ber Slnflage nnterrid)tet 
fein. ^r foil ferner ha^ 9?ed)t l)aben, mit ben B^"** 
gen gecjen iljn fonfrontirt ^n ii)crben, S^^^D^^^^^^ 
fa()ren an^uwenben nm Bcw^^ S" f^^"^" ©nnjlen 
3n erl)alten nnb foil ^m 53ei(lanb eined 3lnn)aUed 
^n feiner Sertbeibignng l)abcn. 

5lrtifel VII. 

fdci alien (5emeinbur5erltd)en 9?ed)tdfad)en, mc 
ber, in ©treitfrage ftel)enbe 5Bert() s^t^an^ig X)oEard 
fiberfteigt, foil ha^ D^ed)t bed SSerfal)rend »or bem 
©efd)tt)ornen(^ertd)tc gen)dl)rt werben, nnb feinc 
t)on bemfelben einmal Derl)anbelte ^i)atfad)c foil 
anf anbere 5lrt, aid ben SSorfd)riften t)€^ gemein^ 
biirgerlid)en ©efeljed gemag, ijon cinem anberen 
^erid)tdl)ofe ber SSereinigten <Btaatn\ n)iebcrl)olt 
tinterfud)t ober ge^jriift werben* 

3lrtiFcl VIII. 

5Ceber nbermdgige S3nrgfd)aften fotten geforbert, 
itod) iibcrmdgige ©elbbugen auferlegt, nod; graii^ 



147 



Article vi. 

In all criminal prosecutions, tlie accused shall 
enjoy the right to a speedy* and public trial,^ by an 
impaitial jury of the state and district wherein the 
crime shall have been committed, which district shall 
have been previously^ ascertained"* by law; and to be 
informed of the nature and cause of the accusation ; 
to be confronted' with the witnesses against him ; 
to have compulsory process for obtaining witnesses 
in his favor f and to have the assistance of counsel 
for his defence. 

Article vii. 

In suits'^ at common law, where the value' m con- 
troversy shall exceed twenty dollars, the right of 
trial by juiy shall be preserved; and no fact tried by 
a jury shall be otherwise reexamined in any Court 
of the United States, than according to the rules of 
the common law. 

Article viii. 

Excessive^ bail*° shall not be required, nor exces- 

1 vafd). — 2 t^aty cffcut(ict)c (55erid>t^stcvfaf)rcn. — 3 
t)Cv(H'r. — 4 nu^mad[)cn, gavtp macbciu — 5 t»cr ®cticl)t 
gcc^ciuitH'rncircn. — 6 Mc ©unfr. — 7 fctc 9?cd)tjfac()c, t»cr 
91ccl)t<^)lrcit. — 8 t)cc SScrtf). — 9 iiOccma^'ig. — 10 tic 
93ttrc|fd)a"fr. 



148 

fame unb imge6rdud)lirf)e ^orperjlrafen tjerl)dngt 

Srrtifel IX. 

T)ie 5(itfsd[)(un(j beftimmter fRcd)U in ber ^onjTi* 
tution foK ntcl)t tie i:^cutiincj Dcranlaflfen, aiibcre, 
bent SSoIfe ^nvMbcl^aitcne dicd)tc gu ijcrweijjern 
ober gu becintrdclitigcn* 

5trtifel X. 

:i5ie ©eivalteit, xvcldjc ben SScrctiucjten ©taaten 
burd) bie (Sonftitutioit wcbei* iibcrtrageit, nod) biird) 
le^tere ben (Staatcit luUerfagt njurbcu, jTnb ten 
refpectiueu ©taaten ober bem SSolfe i)orbel)aIten. 

Slrtifet XT. 

Sie rid)ter(id)e ©ewalt ber SSereinigten <Btaatcn 
foU fid) nnter feiner l^eiUimg iiber irgciib cineit 
9'ied)t^l)«nbe( in ©cfei^e^^ ober S3illi9feitdfad)cn 
au^bet)nen, n>e(d)er burd) SSiirger eine^ anbereu 
©taate^ ober bitvd) SSiirger oberUntertI)anen kqenb 
eine^ freniben (Staate^ gcgeu ^iuen ber SSereinigten 
^taatcn begonneu ober betriebeu wurbe. 

5lrtifel XII. 

§. 1. I^ie 5Bd{)(er fotten fid) in ibren refpcctmeit 
©taateu t)erfammeln nub burd) ©frutiuium fiir 
eiuen ^rdfibeuten unb Sice^VdjTbenteu abilimnien, 
t)Ott bcneu ciuer weuigjleu^ Uin 50?iteiuwo()uer cm 



149 

6ive fines* imposed, nor cruel and unusual punish- 
ments inflicted.* 

Article ix. 

The enumeration,' in tlie Constitution, of certain 
ights, shall not be construed to deny* or disparage* 
others retained by the people. 

AUTICLE X. 

The powers not delegated" to the United States 
by tlie Constitution, nor prohibited by it to the States, 
are reserved to the states respectively, or to the 
people. 

Article xi. 

The judicial power of the United States shall not 
be construed to extend to any suit in law or equity, 
commenced or prosecuted^ against one of the United 
States by citizens of another state, or by citizens or 
subjects of any foreign state. 

Article xii, 

§ 1. The electors^ sliall meet in their respective 
states, and vote by ballot for President and Vice- 
President, one of whom, at least,^ shall not be an 

1 tic (5n'(&(nij}f, ®c(^ftrafv'.— 2Dcrf)anpcn. — 3 t>ic ?fuf» 
gahdinc. — 4 tH'cintvacl)ttc\ciu — 5 ocnvcic^crn. — 6 iibcts 
trnyion. — 7 iH'rfctgcn, bctvciOcn. — 8 ta 5Kaf)lcv. — 9 
tucuic;ftcnw 



150 

unl) bejjelbeu ^Btaatc^ mit il)\m\ fciu barf, ©le 
fottcn nuf il)rcn 8timm^ctteln tie ']>crfoucn, wcld)e 
fTe ^u ^VafiDenteii, mit) auf baumi i)crfd)icbcneu 
Settein bicjenigen nam baft mad)cn, UH'k1)c fee gii 
2Sicc*^)rafiDcnten beflimmcn. 8ie feUi'ii bamt g?? 
treuitte S^i\tci\ uou ben ^u ^prafibcntcn luib i)ou ben 
gu SSice;:^>rajTbenten beftimmten, fonne i>on ber ^^In^ 
gal)l berSSota fiir jeben i^erfertiijen. (5)ebad)te )^i)im 
foUen (Te nntev^eid^ner, be(](anbuit nnb i>er|7e.qe{t nnd) 
beni ©il^e ber iKcgierunj] ber 5l>ereinigten Staaten, 
abbrejyirt an ben ^rcifibentenbc^ (gcnati^, nbcrfen^ 
ben. :^er ^rdjTbent be^ Senate foil nun in (^e* 
genn?art bed Senate nnb bed 9iVprafentantenl)anfed 
atte (Sertiftcatc creffnen, nnb l)ieranf follen bie 
(Stimnicn (^c'^di)lt tverben. 

^ie ^^erfon, noeld^e tie bed^iie (Stinnncnmebrl)eit 
jnm ^rcifibenten bat, fell ^ra)Tbent fein, falH cine 
foId)e 3abl ciiic 5)^Jajoritat ber gan^en 5ln^abl fejl^* 
gefel^ter ^iBat)ler ifl, nnb wenn 9^tienianb biefe ^JJajo^ 
ritcit befT|3t, fo foU ta^ A^and ber ^eprci fen tan ten 
t)on benen ^]>erfonen, mekbe anf ber ^rajTbentenlifte 
bie meiilen (gtimmen b^^en, jebcd) and nid)t niebr 
aU breien, nnmitte(bar bieranf bnrd) (Efrntininm 
ben ^rajTbenten u>db(en. ^a abcr bci ber fva]i^ 
bentenwabl bie (gtimmen nad) Staaten (^enenimen 
werben,wobei bie 9?eprdfentatien eined jeben etaa^ 
ted nnr ^ine (Etimme bat, fo fell t>k ^n biefen i^wt^ 
jwecfcn notbit^e 'iliidbter^abl and einem cber niebre^ 
ten ^D^itgliebern von gwei ^rittl)ei(en aller 6taaten 



151 

inhabitant of the same state with themselves ; they 
shall name in their ballots tlie person voted for as 
President, and in distinct' ballots the person voted 
for as Vice-President ; and they sludl make distinct 
lists of all persons voted for as President and of all 
persons voted for as Vice-President, and of the num- 
ber of votes for each, wliicii lists they shall sign" and 
certify,^ and transmit,'' sealed, to the seat of ihe Go- 
vernment of tlie United States, directed to the Presi- 
dent of the Senate ; the President of the Senate shall, 
in the presence of tlie Senate and House of Represen- 
tatives,^ open all the certificates, and the votes shall 
then be counted:^ the person having the greatest 
number of votes for President, shall be the President, 
if such number be a majority^ of the whole number 
of electors appointed f and if no person have such 
majority, then from the persons having the highest 
numbers, not exceeding** three, on the list of those 
voted for as President, the House of Representatives 
shall choose'" immediately, by ballot, the President. 
But in choosing the President, the votes shall be 
taken by states, the representation from each state 
having one vote; a quorum for this purpose shall 
consist of a member or members from two-thirds" of 

1 r<cri'cl)ic&cn, aOgcfcntcrt. — 2 iintcr^cicl)ncn. — 3 bcglniu 
Oic\cn. — 4 iiOcvKnticn. —5 ta JHcprafcntant, t)cr?(tKiccrt)s 
ncto. — 6 ,jal)lcn. — 7 btc 5)}?o()r()cit bcr Stimmcn. — 8 fcfls 
fcfecn. — 9 utH'vfd)vcitcn. — 10 ivablcn. — 11 ^ivci ;Drittc(. 



152 

be(!ef)eit intb cine @timmeitme[)rl)eit ijon ben Slbge^ 
orbitetcu ntter Staaten fott s«i^ ^al)t i>cit Tiotljcn 
fein. ©ottte aber ba^ Syu^ ber 9?eprafeiUaiUeit 
iu jeber ^cit^ wemi c^ im 23e|T^e be^ ^a()!rcd)t^ 
ijl, ben ^rdfTbenten nid)t t)or bent uterren ^agc be^ 
iiddjfifofgenben 5iJJoitat(^ ?[)?dr^ wdf)(eu, fo foK al^^ 
baitu ber Sice^^rdjibent, Qkid) me hex einem ^obe ^^ 
fatte be^ ^>rdjTbeuten ober eiiier anbern conjtitiitio^ 
iieUeu 3Serl)inberun3 be(]elben, al^ ^rdpbent fmt# 
gireit. 

§. 2. 5^te ^erfon, n)elct)e tiie gregte ©timmen* 
Kiel)r()ett ^iim SSice^^'^rdiTbenten hat, foU SSice^^rd* 
jTbent merben, fobalb eine fo(rf)e 3(^l)t eiite -JQJebrbeit 
ber gan^eu 3(n^al)l bej^ellter ^dl)Ier i)i, itnb wcnit 
^liemanb eine 5Kebrjal)( l)at, fo fotT ber (Eenat au^ 
ben jwct l)erf)jlteu 3^f)^^» ««f ber ?i|le ben 2Sice^ 
^rdjTbenten erwdbfeu; tie ^u bem ^nbjwecfe 
iiotl)t(je 5Sd()ler^al)( foK au^ ^wei t^rittheileii 
fdmmtlirf)er (Senatcren befteben unb eine Wlaicxu 
tat ber gan^en Sln^abl foil ^nr 5Gal)( notbui fein. 

§. 3. 5fiiemanb abcr, ber tjerfaffnn.q^mdgi.q nn* 
tvdblbar ^nm ^rdffbentenamte i\i, foil mablfdbig 
|nm 5lnUe be^ SSice^^rdjTbenten ber SBereini^teit 
Btaaten fein* 



153 

(he states, and a majority of all the states shall be 
necessary* to a choice.^ And if the House of Re- 
presentatives shall not choose a President whenever* 
the right of choice shall devolve"* upon them, before 
the fourth day of March next following, then the 
Vice-President shall act as President, as in the case 
of the death' or other constitutional disability^ of the 
President. 

§ 2. The pei-son having the greatest number of 
votes as Vice-President, shall be the Vice-President, 
if such number be a majority of the whole number of 
electors appointed ; and if no person have a majority, 
then/ from the two highest^ numbers on the list, the 
Senate shall choose the Vice-President : a quorum 
for the purpose shall consist^ of two-thirds of the 
whole number of senators, and a majority of the whole 
number shall be necessary to a choice. 

§ 3. But no person constitutionally ineligible*" to 
the office of President, shall be eligible" to that of 
Vice-President of the United States. 

1 nctf)ivi'nt)ig. — 2 tic 2Baf)(. — 3 wcnn, n>cnn tmmcr. 
— - 4 an()cimfaUi'n, ^ufattcn. — 5 fccr Set). — G Mc nnfaf)t9s 
fcit. — 7 nt^tiann. — 8 t»cr bocbftc — 9 6c[lcf}cn. — 10 un« 
wa\)ibav, nja^tunfufjtg. — 11 ivafjtfaljig. 



154 



@eotg ^a^I^iugtom 



©eorg 5Ba^t)ingtou — ber cr|>e im ^riecje, bcr 
crjle im gricbeit, ber crfte iu ben ^^eqcu feiner 
?anb^(eiite, — war mel)r a(^ bcr grcunb, cr war 
ber 3Satcr feine^ SSaterlanbe^. 

(5^ ijl: fd)wcr ^u fagcn, cb feiue ojfent(id)en SSer^ 
bienflc^ ober feiiie ^rii)attit(jenbcit groger gcmefen 
feien, ob feiue Zi)aU\x im ^riege, cber fein ^cU 
fpiel im griebeu mel)r miferc 53ett)imbenin(j i)er* 
bieuen» 5lber obnc S^^-'if^^ ^t*f^6 f^i» ^"^^f jemal^ 
eineu rctueren unb yerbicnjliJoWcrcu ^atrioten, eU 
ncix bejjercu SSiirger, eiueii aiifricljtigereu uub wcu 
terblicfenbeu ©taat^maim, eineu nienfd)(id)eren nub 
erfolgreidieren ge(bl)evrn, fur^, cin wiirbicjered y)liU 
glieb bcr bur(jcrlicl)en ®efeUfd)afr, fon)ol)l im ojfent^ 
lid)en aiiS l)du^lni)cn l^eben. SSicKcidit bef(eibctc 
nie cin 9Jtaun eineu cfeutlid)cn ^ienft, we(d)cr 
burd) fein ^cifpiel nub burd) feiue erl)abcue Znc^^iu 
ben eineu fo beilfamen (Jiuflng anf t)a^ menfd)Iid)c 
@efd)Ied)t aui^iibte, ai^ ^Gac^bincjton. 

(5r wnrbe geboren am 22. gebrnar 1732 in 
SSir(3inieu, in ber ^ejlmorelaub ^ouuti), na()c 
am ^Vtomafjlromc. dv ijcrlor feiuen 3i>arer, 
ber cin ^pfl^'inS'-'^ ^^^/ "^ fi*iil)er Snijt'nb. ^^lad^* 
bem cr unter ber ^eitung feiner frommen ^Otutter 
cine (jute (5rsiel)nutj (jenojTen Ijattc, wibmete cr 



155 



GEORGE WASHINGTON. 



George Washington, — first in war, first m peace, 
first in the hearts othis countrymen, — was more than 
the friend, he was the fatlier of his country. 

It is difficult to say, whether^ his pubhc merits, or 
his private virtues were the greater, whether his deeds 
in war, or his example in peace merit more our admi- 
ration. But doubtless no nation has ever possessed 
a purer and more meritorious" patriot, a better citizen, 
a more upright and farseeing^ statesman, a more hu- 
mane and successful general ; in fine, a more worthy 
member of society, both in public and private life. 
No man, perhaps, entered the pubhc service, who, by 
his own example and sterling'' virtues, exercised so 
beneficiaP an influence^ upon the race as Washington. 

He was born February 22, 1*732, on the banks of 
the Potomac, Westmoreland county, Virginia. He 
lost his father, who was a planter, at an early^ age. 
Having enjoyed a good education' under the gui- 
dance^ of his pious mother, he entered in his 17 th 

1 clj. — 2 ttcrt)icnftnon. — 3 njcitMicfont). — 4 cicljt, mt 
tccfflid). -" 5 ivc{)tt()atig. — 6 t)cr Ginflup. — 7 fru()0 
fcu(}acitig. — 8 t>ic (SratcOung. — 9 Vu Scttung. 



156 

fed) i\\ fciitem 17. Zsc^hvc mit reqem %ki^e be? 
5Ui^itbini3 fciuc^ S3enifec^, ber gc(biiicj1erfinijl. 
§luf fcincii ©cfcf)afr^reifcn, tie ftd) U6 an hie 
Wcc^l)am)bcvQc cri^recftcn, nntrbe cv mit bcm ?anbe 
unb feiiieu ^eit>ol)nent befannt, inib (jcmi>l)nte ftrf) 
()icrburd) an bie (^Ttraciung bcr 33t'fd)n)erlid)feitcn 
unb (Jntbe()rnn.gen be^ gelbfa^er^. 

a^ mnrben il)nt, fo jnng cr nod) war, i)on bem 
©ontjcrnenr ^inwibbie mi'!)rcrc mid)ti,qc ^tuftrcit^c 
nnuertrant, wc(d)e cr mit 50int(), ®efd)i(|{id)fcir nnb 
glncflidicm (5rfel(]e iJcU^og. 3Sor^n(]Iid) ^^cidjncte er 
tTd) an^ im ^^a()re 1755, tm fran^ojlfd^en ^riitje, 
al^ 9lbjntant bc^ nn(jindf{d)en ©cneral S3rabbocf, 
bcjfen ^d)id\ai — am 8. ^nii 1755 — cin befferes 
gewcfcn fein wiirbc, hcitte cr ben wn^en D^atl)fd)Id* 
gen ®ae!bin(3ton*^ gofge cjctcijTet. 

5;»teranf lebtc cr cine 'tKciiic Don 3^t)rcn in bem 
(liUen ©liicfe be^ ^^riuatfcbcn^ anf fciner 55c|Tl5nn(i, 
eifrig befd)dfti(it ntit ber (JrfiUlnng feincr bdn^(i=' 
d)en nnb oflFentlidjcn ^^flid)ten, — er irar ndnifid) 
g[itit(]Iieb bcr^roi)in3ia(==®cfe!5.Qcbnn(] Don SSirqinien 
gcworbcn,— bii^ ^nm ^sahre 1775, wo in ^?ajTad)n* 
fctt^ tic erftcn geinbfeligfeiten mit ber ^rone C5*ng* 
Tanb anj^brad)cn, 5(f^ ber ©eneraf ? (5ontire§ in 
^()i(abc(phia ben Scfd^ln^ fa^ne, jener '^VoDin^ bei? 
^nfleben nnb cinen ojfenen jlampf mit bem nnge^f 
red)ten 9Jcntterfanbe ;;n bet]inncn,fo wnrbe, anf ben 
5(ntran 3ol)n 5lbam9',^iBa£?bington einjlimmig ^nm 
£)bcrbefcl)(^l)aber alter ©treitfrdfte ber 2Scrcini(jten 



157 

year with nssiduity| upon tlie practice of liis profes- 
sion, the surveyor's art;- and making excursions'' as 
far as the Alleghany mountains, he became acquainted 
with the country and its inhabitants, and thereby 
trained himself to endure* the toils and privations'' of 
the camp.^ 

Several important public commissions were en- 
trusted to him, young as he was, by the Governor 
Dinwiddie, which he executed with courage, ability 
and success. He distinguished himself particularly 
in 1755, in the French war, as adjutant of the un- 
happy general Braddock, whose fate^ would have 
been better — on July 8, 1755 — had he followed 
the wise admonitions given to him by Washington. 

After this event he lived in the tranquil enjoyment 
of domestic life on his plantation, zealously engaged 
in performing his duties, both private and public, 
— having become a member of the Provincial Lesris- 
lature of Virginia — until 1775, when hostilities'^ broke 
out in Massachusetts with the crown of England. 
The General Congress in Philadelphia, having adopt- 
ed^ resolutions to assist that province and to begin 
an open war with the unjust^" Motherland, on the 
motion" of John Adams, Washington was unani- 
mously'^ chosen commander-in-chief, so great was 

1 t)cr ©ifcr. — '2 t»ic ^ctbmcftcrEunfl. — 3 bcr ?(u^f(u9.— 4 
ertragcn.— 5Mc (Snt(H'()riinc^. — 6 i>ax'> Soger, ^ctMager.— 
7 t)ci'5 ed)ic!|'a(..— 8 Mc ^ant»K(i()fcit. — 9 anncfjmcn. — 10 
ungcrcc^t. — 1 1 t)cv ^Cntras. — 12 cinfttmmig. 



159 

Btaaten cmal)lt, fo (^rof? wax- bcrcit^ ta^ 3Ser^ 
trauen, mldjc^ feine :^:ii3cut>cn imb feine pangs' 
feiten einflogten. 

^r jml)m, cin^ici iinb aflfein aii^ ?icbc ^u feiuem 
SSaterlanbe imb mtt S5fr^irf)tiing aiif jebcn @cl)alt, 
bicfen (3efa()rltrf)eu init) yerantmDrtIicI)cu ^oficu an, 
iinb beHeibete iini auf ba^ rul)muotlfte tt)dl)renb 
bc^ jtampfe^ far bte llnabl)dn(]igfcit biefe^ li^anbe^. 
^ie ^cic^bett iiiib Zhathaft, weid)e er it?dl)renb 
t)Q^ qaw^cn Sti'icQc^ cntmicfclte, yerbient unfere l)od)^ 
fie S3en)nnbernii^. 

2)urcf) ^efd)icfte 55cnuljiiirg ber ^piUfdquettcn, 
rt>cid)c er Dorfanb unb burch (2ct)affmt(3 neiicr, 
biird) 5Bicberl)erftcKiin(j ber ?0^aun^^iidit, fo meit e^ 
ttotl)menbig n)ar, belebte er ba(^ SSertraucn anf6 
iteuc. ^0 c^ ijon 9iiil)en mar, im 3(ngrijf fo fiil)n 
iinb iinterne()menb trie ^dfar, mib in ber 23ertl)eij' 
bigmtg fo i)orftrf)tig mie J^abiu^;* ebenfo milb al^ 
jlreiig; ebenfo iinpart()eiifrf) tm S5e(cl)ncu tvic m 
SSeftrafen; gturflid) in ber ^IGal)I feiner SDfjtciere; 
feiT: unb jlanbhaft in aUcn feineu llntcrnel)mnn(jen : 
— fo gebraud)tc er tic Dom SSolfc i()m t)er(iebene 
®en?alt, fo (jriinbetc er tic grett)eit unb Unabl)dni' 
gtgfeit ber 3Screinigteu ©taaten i)on 
SI m c r i f a» 

S5on uid)t geringerer S3ebeutuug waxen feinc 

• ©in roimfcI)cr ^cll)()crr, t»cc wccjcn fcincc Sc^utfamfcit 
ten SScinoiucn "Cuuctator" (t)cc 3oubcrcc) crhictt. 



159 

the confide^^ice already inspired' by his virtues and 
abilities. 

He accepted this trying'^ and responsible' position, 
renouncing any remuneration for his services, merely 
from love to his country, and discharged the trust 
most gloriously through the struggle for independence. 
The wisdom and energy displayed* by him during 
the wliole war, deserves our highest admiration. By 
sliilfully^ disposing of the resources which he found, 
and by creating new ones; by establishing^ discipline," 
as far as it was necessary, he awakened a new degree 
of confidence. "Where it was of use, in attack as 
bold^ and daring^ as Caesar, and in defense as cau- 
tious'" asFabius;*as mild as he was strong; as 
impartial'^ in rewarding as in punisliing ; happy in 
the choice of his officers ; firm and steady'^ in all his 
undertakings : — thus he used the power bestowed*^ 
upon him by the people, thus he founded the free- 
dom and independance of the United States of 
America. 

Of no less importance were his services, after the 

* A Roman General, from his caution surnamed "Cunc- 
tator." 



1 cinflcpcn. — 2 9cfaf)rUrf). — 3 ocrantwcrtlich. — 4 
<ntfaltcn, cntivictdn. — 5 c\ofct)ic!t. — 6 ivicl)cr()cvf}cllcn. 
— 7 tic 5}?annil3U(l)t. — 8 fuf)n. — 9 i>crn)cc\i:n. — 10 
rjcrficbttg. — 11 unpartljciifcl). — 12 jtant){)aft. — 13 ih'C* 
lci()cn, uOcrtrogcn. 



160 

2>ienfle, itad)bem t)\c UnabJ)aitgigfcit fctnc^ SSatcr* 

(Seine treitc uut) meife ^Serwaltitn^ aU ber erflc 
^3ra(Ttent gab ber jungen $HepubIif Mvaft intb ®e^ 
beil)en ; feiue bemunbent(>it>iirbige ^Uigl)eit unb 
5!J?dgigitng im OJathe fid)erte it)r bie griicf)te ber 
JKeiJcIutioiu 9lli^ er iTd), iiacf) 5lbfaiif feiner ^tt)eitert 
^ienft^eit al^ ^)rdfibent, in t^a^ ^xiMtkhcn ^nxiidf 
jog, l)iiUev(ieg er nod) cin anbered glorreic()e^ 25enfi* 
mal feiner 5[5ei^()eit nnb SSaterlanb^Iiebe in feiner 
51 b f ct) i e b j^ ? 51 b b r e f f e , wei&ic t) o n j e^ 
b c m S ii r g e r g e f e f c n nnb b e I) e r ^ i g t ^ u 
vt) e r b e n » e r b i e n t. ^n eincm anberen ^BdjxcU 
ben nn bie @on«ernenre ber i)erfd)iebcnen ©taateu 
fagt er : „3d) flc()e ^n ®ott in meinent ernilen ©ca 
bete, t>a^ (ix end) nnb ben (Btaat^ an beffen (Spi^e 
it)r fiel)f, in (geinen l)eiligen (2d)ni3 nc()men n?oKe; 
ta^ ^r bie 5^cr^en ber 58nrger regiere, bamit ber 
©eif^ ber 3 n d) t nnb bed @ e 1) o r f a m d g c g e n 
bie Dbrigfeit nnter il)nen watte nnb br i'l^ 
b e r I i d) e (5- i n t r a d) t nnb ?iebe fie Der^ 
binbe; — nnb bag ($r cnb(ict) in ©naben nnd 
SJKen bie ^raft fd)enfen wolte, ©ered)rigfeit 
ju it b c n, S3 a r m h e r ^ i g f e i t ^n I i e b e n nnb 
jenen I i e b r e i d) e n , b e m li 1 1) i g e n , f r i e b^ 
I i d) e n ©inn im ?ebcn ^n bemeifcn, mit me(d)em 
ber g 1 r 1 i d) e © t i f t e r n n f e r e r I) e i t i^ 
g e n 5)i e n g i n n n j^ d o r a n g i n g , o b n e 
beffen bemittl)ige 9t a d) a I) m n n g in 



161 

independence of his country was established. Hia 
faithful and wise administration* as the first President 
gave vigor'^ to the young Republic. His admirable 
prudence and moderation in counsel secured to it the 
fruits of the Revolution. When he retired to private 
life after his second Presidential term had expired, 
he left still another glorious monument of his Avisdom 
and patriotism in his FareweW Address, worthy to be 
read and remembered by every citizen. In another 
address to the governors of the different states he 
says: "I now make it my earnest prayer, that God 
would have you and the state over which you preside, 
in His holy protection and that He would incline* the 
hearts of the citizens to cultivate*^ a sjyirit of subor- 
dlnation^ and obedience to government, and to enter- 
tain a brotherly love and affection for one another; — 
and finally, that He would be most graciously pleased 
to dispose us all to do justice^ to love mercy, ^ and to 
demean^ ourselves with that charity^ humility ^^ and 
jmcijic^^ tem.per of mind, which were the characte- 
ristics o/" the divine Author of our blessed religion, 
without an humble imitation'^" of whose example in 
these things ice can never hope to be a happy nation.*'* 

1 t)ic ^rn'nvflttnnc^. — 9 tic .i^vaft. — 3 fecr TTbfcbict). 

— 4 (cnfon. — 5 bttton, nuf^i(^c^. — 6 tic 3uchr, lln> 
tcrtv:rfiinc^. — 7 Mc 53ann()in>;ic\fcir. — 8 fid) (H'troc,cn, 
— 9Mc ^DJcnKbontobc. — 10t)ic Scmutf). — 11 frict(icl). 

— 12 Ik Qf^Qcbaljmung. 



162 

©inn iinb ^fQanbcl w>ix lu'e boffcii bi'ir^ 
f e n , c in g I ii cH i d) e ^ 3> o I f g u iv c r b e n." 
, (Ji- ftaxb am 14. 3:^cccinbcr I79J) in fciitrr ^Qol)^ 
miuQ ill iDcLMint ^Bernoii in 3[>tr(]iiucii,iDo fcinc i>l|'d]e 
rul)t. i:)ic (\a\\'^^ ^ilBelt beirviiierrc fciiicu ^ob. 

Zsn bem ecnbfd)vcibcn, un'(d)Co bcr (Seiiar bci ©e^ 
Ie(]enbcit fei'iicd Zo^c^ an bcii ^'prdftbcntcn 5Ibam^ 
r(d)tctc, {)ci\;t ed mircv i^lnbcrem: ,,(5rlaubcii (Eic 
uii^, mcin syxi\ mifcrc !^bvancn iiiit bcii 3bvi(]cn 
gu Dcrnufd)ciK S3ei biefcr ®c(c(3cnl)cit ill: c^ mamu 
lid), jii weiiu'iu 2?cr aUmcid^tige 1.\'iifer iiicnfd)^ 
nd)er ®cfd)iife bat mifercii gvo|stciriBob(rI)dtev unb 
mifcre QXofAc ^icY^c x>on nn^S gcuommcn. ii^S 
licmi iiiu^, iiiit (5brfiird)t lui!^ v>ov i^lMn 511 bengcn, 
„bcr bic :iiad)tgii feiiiem S^^t^-' mad)r/'" 

l^cv ^IH-d fibril t fvijite in fcincr 5liUit>orl: aiif bicfe 
S5etfd)aft : „@ciii ^ctfpicl i]t nminui)r yodciibet, 
uiib e^ u>tvb ciii ?cl)ri'r bcr UGci^>bcit unb !tu(]ciib 
feiu fiiv ^Iliagiftrat^pcrfoncn, ^iirger unb Csfber^ 
maun, unb uid)t nlkiu fiir tic ©egtMuravr, fonbeni 
fiir bie fpafeflc 3"fii»ff/ f^? ^^"3'-' ^^^ nnfere @e^ 
jd)id)te wivb (]e(efeu wcrben." 

^3i}^oi]cn fcinc d)rifrlid)en ^ugcnbcn in allcv 3it^ 
fnnft iibcr biefcm l^iubc (cud)rcn, gU'id) ben (Btvah^ 
Icn bcr (Sonne, unb aUc 33iirgcr giir 5tad)al)nuing 
rci^en ! 



163 

He died at his residence, Mount Vernon, Virginia, 
December 14, 1799, Avliere his ashes now repose. 
The whole world mourned^ his death. When the 
Senate sent the address^ to the President, Adams, on 
the occasion of his death, it was said among others : 
"Permit^ us, Sir, to mingle"* our tears with yours. 
On this occasion it is manly to weep.^ Our land 
mourns a father. The Almighty disposer^ of human 
events has taken from us our greatest benefactor'' and 
ornament.® It becomes^ us to submit with reverence'* 
to Him who maketh darkness His pavilion."" 

The President said in his answer to the message: 
"His example is now complete,'^ and it will teach 
wisdom and virtue to magistrates, citizens and men; 
and not only in the present age, but in future gene- 
rations,'^ as long as our history sh.ali be read." 

May his Cliristian virtues, for ages yet to come, 
shine over this country, like'^ the beams'^ of the sun, 
and induce'^ all citizens to imitate him ! 

1 Octrauctn. — 2 fca^o ©cnfefitrciOcn. ~ 3 ertautu'ti. — 4 
5crmifcl)cn. — 5 ivctncn. — 6 t)cr Scnfcr. — 7 t)cr SSol}t5 
t^atcr. — 8 btc Bicrbc. — 9 piemen. ■— 10 tiic (Sl)vfurcl)t» 
— 11 fca^o 3c(t. — U i?oIl[tant)icj. — 13 ta^ ®cfct)lcc()t. — li 
ftlcicl). — 15 tec 8tra(;(. ~ 16 antvciOcn, rciicn. 



164 



50er fennt imb Ucht md)t biefett ebrwiirbigcn 
5J?anit, )DeId)er unter ben ©riinbern bcr greibeit 
unt) Unabl)dn(]i(3feit tic^e6 ?anbe^ m\v 5Ba^l)ingtou 
nad)flcl)t, unb tDcId)er nid)t allcin untcr fcincn 'fa* 
tritJteu eiuc ber crftcu ^StcUuncjcn cinnimmt, foiu 
bent and) unter bcu ©taars^mdnuern, ©elehrten 
mtb ^>l)i(ofepl)cit ber Qaw^cn '^eit cincu bol)ert 
«Kang bcflcibet. ^i^cr wci^ iiidjt, ba0 btc ®(J7en* 
fct)affen buvd) bcu (gd^arffuiu uub t)\c ticfeu gor# 
fd)uugeu graufliu'^ mtt ci'ucr bcr it)id)tii]|lcu (5t^ 
fiubuugeu alter S^'iteu, ber t>c^ SBliliableitcr^, berei^ 
d)ert murbeu ? 

Um fo l)oher )teiQt uufcrc 5ld)tuug i>or biefem 
5!)iauuc, wcuu rviv bcteufeu, ba^ er burd) feiu ci.qe* 
ne^ YC(\c^ uub bcl)arr(id)c^ 6tvebeu bai^ wurbe, 
n?a^ er war, udm(id) eiuer ber nvof^teu ^oI)Ithdter 
ber ^3!)ienfd)heit; ba^ er i^on 3u{{eub au mit mau^ 
d)er(ei 2lufed)tuu^eu uub (5d)wieru3finreu ^u fdm^ 
^feu l)atte, \vdd)C er iibenvaub, uid)t burd) ircjeub 
eiueu g(udlid)cu B^ifail, fouberu burd) bie ei'fcrue 
^uergie feiue^ 5Billeud ; baf? er mit fciuer ^?dnbf 
5lrbeit feiu ^^rcb verbioute uub burd) fcincn ^ki^, 
feiue 9J?d|;ij3fcit uub 5)?cb(id)feit fid^ ^u eiuer fo hc^ 
i)eu (Bteduut] emporfd)mauq ; uu^ eublid), ha^ er 
feiuem SSaterlaube uou fritl)er 3uaeub an bii:^ ^u 



165 



BENJAMIN FRANKLIN. 



Who does not know and love this venerable man, 
who is second to none but Washington among the 
founders^ of the freedom and independence of this 
countrv, and who stands not only in the first line of 
its patriots, but ;dso ranks high among the statesmen, 
scholars' and philosophers of the earth. Who does 
not know, that science has been enriched^ by the 
sagacious"* spirit and profound study of Franklin with 
one of the most important discoveries of all ages, that 
of the liq;htnino--rod?'' 

Our ifeteem for this man still increases, when we 
consider, that he, by his own zeal and perseverance, 
became what he was, viz. one of the greatest bene- 
factors of humanity; that he encountered'^ from his 
youth many trials and difficulties, which he overcame 
not by any happy casualty,'^ but by the iron^ energy of 
his will ; that he earned his bread with his own hands, 
and by means of industry, temperance and honesty, 
attained such a high station ; and that he served his 



1 bet ©rilnbcc. — 2 bcr G)c(cf}ttc. — 3 (H'rcicl)crn. — 4 
fd)arffinni9. — 5 bcr SB(i6at>(cittT. — 6 fampfv«, antvcffciu 
— 7 tcvSufdl. — Scifcrn. 



166 

feiitem Zote mit ebeii fo ml (5}cfcf)icf{icf)fcit, ali 

S3enjamin granfliu wnrbe am 6. 3anuar 1706 
SU 33ojlou in v)JJafTad)iifett^ geborcit, (^r war ba^ 
jimgjle i)ou 13 j^inbern. I5a feine ^rtern in md^iV 
gen ©(iicf^nmflanbcn khten nnb nirf)t im 6tanbe 
njaren, bie jfojlcn feiner vr>ijTcnfrf)aftricf)cn m^biU 
buncj ^n befirciten, fo wnrbc er in fcincm 10. 3«l)fe 
ber 6d)ule entnommen, nm feinem 25ater in fcinem 
@efd)dfte, ndrnh'd) bcm cinc^ ?id)tcr3iel)cr^ nnb 
©eifenfieber(^, ^n I)e(fen. 3" t)icfer friiben ?e5cn^* 
periobe ^cirf)nete jTrf) ber jnnge granf(in bcreit^ 
bnrd) fetne ^iebc ^nm ©efb(innterric()t an^, nnb fo 
tegte cr ben ©rnnb gn feincin fpdteren fegendrcid)eit 
3Birfen nnb ^n feiner @roge in ber ^iGe(t. 3U^ er 
12 ^a\)xc ait rvav, trat er in ha^ @efd)dji^ feine^ 
SBrnber^ ciw^ ber ein S5nd)brn(fer nnb cbeix \)on 
^ngfanb ^nrircFtjefeljrt n)ar. 5;^ier brndte er ^nmei:* 
(en 3(nffd^e, tie ijon i()m felbjl I)erriibrten, ohnc 
ta^ jemanb wn^te, n^er ber 3Serfajfer fci, nnb ber 
S5eifaU, mit n)e{d)em fTe gen)obnlid) anf^enommeu 
njnrben, ermntl)igte il)n fel)r in feinen^Bejirebnngen. 
3n feinem 17. ^ai)vc uerlieg er S3o|lon, nm fici) in 
feinen ^enntniffen nnb in feinem ®efd)dfre ^n ^cr# 
bejfern, nnb beQab fid) nad) ^>l)i[abelpl)ia, wo er 
ben fpdteren :^l)eir feine^ ?ebend ^nbrad^te. 33alb 
baranf, im 3rtl)fe 1724, (]in(j er nad) ^ngfanb, nnb 
%xad) einem 5(nfentl)aft i)on 18 5U2onaten bafcIbjT, 
bei nutl)famer Arbeit unb eifriciem <Stnbinm rval}* 



167 

country, from his youth till his death, with equal 
ibility, coura<2^e, fidelity and disinterestedness. 

Benjamin Fnmklin was born in Boston, Massachu- 
setts, January G, 1*70(5. He was the youngest of 
thirteen children. His parents living in moderate 
circumstances, and being unable to support the ex- 
penses of a college education, he was, in his 10th 
year, taken from school to help his father in his 
business, which was that of a tallow-chandler' and 
soap boiler.^ In this early stage of life young 
Franklin distinguished himself by his love of self- 
instruction,'' and thus he laid the foundation of his 
later usefulness and greatness in the world. When 
he was twelve years old he went into the office of 
his brother, who was a printer, and had just returned 
from England. Here he sometimes printed essays* 
of his own, without any body suspecting the author- 
ship, and was much encouraged by the favor with 
which they were generally received. In his 17th 
year he left Boston, in order to improve his know- 
ledge in his business, and repaired^ to Philadelphia, 
his residence during the later part of his life. After- 
wards, in 1724, he went to England, and having 
spent 18 months there in hard labor, and study during 
his leisure hours,^ he returned to Philadelphia and 

1 fecr Cict)tcr3ic^cr. — 2 i)cr ©cifcnfict>cr. — 3 tict 
SclOjlimtcrrid)!. — 4 t)cc 2(uffa^. — 5 fic^ Ocgctciu —6 
bic ?Kupc[lunl)c. 



168 

renb fetner 5!}?iige|lunben, fchxtc er itad) ^Infabel^ 
pl)ia ^iiriicf unb griiubete ciii ®efd)dft in SSerbin* 
bun(}mit einem 5(nberen, bcr bat^ iiotl)ige®e(b ba^u 
liergab. ©ie bnirftcu cine 3^if««(}, hie mit »ie(cm 
®efc{)icf gefiil)rt wiirbe iinb granfliu gro^en iHuf 
t)crfrf)affre. (Sein glcij^, fcine ciiifad)c iinb mdgige 
?cbcn^n?eifc, fcine (5inftd)t, fcine ^Mdne ^nr SSerbejYe^ 
rnn(] i)er ?aqc ber ^rci^in^, giir (Sinfni)rnn(] cine^ 
belferen ©i)ftem^ in ber (Jr^iebnng, fcine 1^ien(!e, 
hie er ber @tabt Ui^etc, lenftcn bie 3Uifmcrffamfeit 
bei^ gefammtcn ^}nb(ifnm^ anf i()n. (5r begann 
mit bent X^rncfe feined „3(rmcn 9?id)arb'^ Sllma*' 
narf)/' einer 3^iff'''^)t'ift ^t>t( ^ifee^ iinb gefnnben 
5D?enfdf)eni)erflanbed, wdd)e einen (^rcgeu (Jinfliig 
anf bie 5(nff(drnng beii SScIfci? an^^iibte nnb t)tel 
bajn beitrng, hie ®enuit{)cr fitr hie grcibeit ttor^xu 
berciren. Urn gn s^igen, n)clc()er ©ciji praftifrfjer 
?ebcni^tDeidl)ei(: ha^ ©anje bnrclibringe, moge l)ier 
ein fnrger Sln^jnc} baran^? '^{ai} ftnben : 

. Syite hid) \)or fleincn ^In^gaben; ein f(eine^ 
?od) bringt einjjrogc^^ i5d)iff ^nm 6infen. 

©aure 5Gorte ntad^en fcine grcnnbe; mit etnem 
?5|fe( »oI( 5;^onio fdnj^t man niel)r glie^cn, al^ mit 
einer ©aEone (5ffig. 



5Cer fid) in fid) fetbjl werlicbt, tt)irb feine TiCbcn* 
M)kv i)abe\u 



169 

formed an establishment in connection with a person 
•who supplied' the necessary capital. They printed 
a newspaper, which was managed" with ability, by 
which Franldin acquired great reputation.^ His in- 
dustry, frugality, intelligence ; his plans for improving 
the condition of the province, for introducing better 
systems of education ; his municipal services, made 
him an object of attention to the whole community. 
He began to print his "Poor Richard's Almanack," 
a periodicaP full of wit and good sense, Avhich had a 
great influence in enlightening*^ the people and pre- 
paring their minds for liberty. To show the spirit 
of practical wisdom with which the whole abounds, 
some extracts of it may find here a place. 



Beware of little expenses ; a small leak^ will sink 
a great ship. 



Hard* words make no friends ; a spoonfuP of honey 
will catch more flies than a gallon of vinegar. 



He who falls in love with himself will find no 
rivals. 

1 fjcrgcbcn, cinfd)icpcn — 2 (citcn, fjanb^aOcn. -- 3 bcr 
*Ruf, tic 33cruf}mtf)cit. — 4 ^uc (55cmcint)C c\c(}ortg, fla'Dttfc^. 
— 5 bie 3citfcbrift. — 6 crlcud)tcn, fluf^larcn. — 7 M 
Cccf, Sod). — 8 faucr. — 9 ctn Coffchicll. 



170 

^ie ^iigenb ber (5ntl)altfamfe(t. ! 



feine ?it)rec jTnb lumpen, feinc Moft imb ?ol;n jTub 
^linger nnb 6d}anbc. 



^rei&e bein ®efd)dfr, eber e^ ii?irb birfj tvcibeiu 



(iin SBcdifet be^ ©liicfd frfiabct einem meifen 
5!J2amte nid)t mcl)r, al^ ciw 5Bcd)feI be^ ?[)?onb^. 



diniQc fommcn urn i()rcn SScrjIanb burd) ^u k)iej* ; 

lc6 ©tubircn ; ■ 

5lber wcr ii^irb biird) ®ittc^ tl)im i^u jcmal^ | 

Derlieren ? \ 



din fatfd)er ^reititb nnb citt <Bd)attcn hUibttt 
mv; fo laitge bie (Sonne fd)cint. 



^onnte 3^ntanb bie S^diftc feiner 5Dmtfc^c erm* | 
d)en, fo miirbe er feine ^or^en t)erboppelrr. j 



5Ute ^naben I)aben i()re ©pieffad)en fo QHt tt)ie 
iunge ; ber Unterfd)ieb ifl nur im ^reife. 



Sieber o[)ne SftadjeefPeu ju f8Hte QeQatiQCix, aW 
mit (£d}nlben anfgeftanben ! 



2Bem itid)t gu ratheu i(l, bem ijlt Jiic^t jii ^elfcn. 



171 

Against diseases liere, the strongest fence. 
Is the defensive virtue, abstinence. 



The idle man is tlie devil's hireling,^ whose livery 
is rags,^ whose diet and wages are famine^ and dis- 
grace .■* 



Drive thy business, or it will drive thee. 



A change of fortune hurts a wise man no more 
than a chano-e of the moon. 



Some grow mad^ by studying, much to know. 
But who grows mad by studying, good to grow? 



A false friend and a shadow attend only while the 
sun shines. 



If a man could have half his wishes, he would 
double his troubles. 



Old boys have their play-things^ as well as young 
ones ; the difference is only in the price. 



Rather go to bed supperless'' than rise in debt. 



They that Avill not be counselled,^ cannot be helped. 

1 bcr 9}JictMinp, Saqc(o{)ncr, — 2 Sumpcn. — 3 bic .fDun« 
gcciinctf). —4 Mc (£cl)nnt)c. — 5 tcU, ivaf)nfinnt9. — 6 t»ie 
epicl)ad)cn. — 7 cf)nc 9^ac()tc|fcn. — 8 vat()cn. 



1T2 

3m 27. ?ebeudalter fin^ granflin an fran^ofifd), 
italicnifrf) nub fpanifd) ^u (ernen, unt) naitbcm cr 
(td) in biefcu ©prad[)cu ciiuge ^enutuijje crworben 
l)attc, mari)te er jTd) an ta^ ?atcinifcl)e. 

(^r war ber ©riuiber bcr Uuiyerfitat »cn ^)enn^ 
fy)(Danieu mib ber amcrifanifd)eit pl)i(ofop[)tfd)cn ®e^ 
feltfd)aft imb ciner bcr erjlcn 33eforbcrcr bcc^ peiiu? 
fplDanifd)en ^o^pitali^. 3m '^aljvc 1741 bcgann 
er belt ^rucf bed ®enera(^^?ai]agiit(^ iinb bcr l}i\tof 
vifd^eu (5{)rouiL 3m 3a()re 1742 erfanb cr ben 
granffiu^£)fen, eine fel)r (Titnreid)e uiib mol)tfeite 
SSorrid)tini(}, iinb balb barauf DcreiDtgte cr feincrt 
Xiamen bard) bte (Jrjtnbiinc} bed 53Iit3ab[citerd. 

UGir mDd)tcu mit bicfcr d)rono(ogifd)cn 5(iiftal)j» 
lung feiner 2)ienfle fortfa[)ren nub ft'c njiirbe nur 
bte angerorbcntIid)C SSiclfcitigfcit feined &ei^e$ 
beurfuubcn ; aber ber D^anm crKinbt cd und nidjt 
a^S QcniiQC bte S3emerfun(^, ha^ g^rauflin ^mifd)eit 
ben 3al)ren 1757 nnb 1775 ^weimat i^on feincit 
CO^itbitrgcrn nad) (Jnglanb gefanbt wnrbe, ^ur 3Ser* 
t()cibigun(3 il)rer 9^cd)lc ; nnb fo i^od) ftiec^ fctn 5ln^ 
fel)en, ba^ (5()atl)am, ciner bcr and(3cjeid)netrteit 
9)^inncr nnb ©taatdmdnner, njefd^e (5n(](anb jc 
befa^, tl)n oflpentlid) ahS „eineit fold^cn, \t?e{d)en ganj 
^nropa tt>egen feiner jtenntniffe nnb ^scidhcit in 
\)o\)cn (5hren balte nnb ^vefd)er cine 3terbe fei nid)l: 
allein bed cnglifd^cn 3So(fd, fonbern ber gan^en 
?i)2enfd)l)eit/' begeid)netc, Unmittelbar nad) feiner 
3lucffel)r, nad) bem ^udbrnd)c bcr D?ei3c(ntion, 



173 

At the age of 27 Franlilin undertook to learn 
French, Italian and Spanish, and after having made 
some progress in those languages, he applied himself 
to the Latin. 

He was the founder of the University of Penn- 
ylvania, and of the American Philosophical Society, 
and one of the chief promoters' of the Pennsylvania 
Hospital. In 1741 he began to print the General 
Magazine and Historical Chronicle. In 1742 he 
invented tlie Franklin stove,'^ an ingenious^ and very 
economical contrivance,'* and soon after he immorta- 
lized ])is name by the discovery of the lightning-rod. 

AVe miq;ht continue this chronolomcal notice of his 
services and it would sliow the remarkable versatility* 
of his mind, but our space forbids us. Be it enough 
to mention, tluit Franklin was sent twice*^ to England 
by his fellow-citizens, (between 1757-1775,) to vin- 
dicate'^ their rights; and so high became his reputation, 
that Cliatliam, one of the most eminent* men and 
statesmen England ever had, characterised him "one 
whom all Europe held in high estimation for his 
knowledge and wisdom, who was an honor not to the 
English nation only, but to human nature." AVhen 
he returned, after the Revolution had broken out, 



1 *ccc S^oforti'vcr. — 2 tcr ZUn, — 3 I'innrcicb. — 4 
tic Grfinbunp, 'lun-vicbtuiuv — 5 Mc i^^to(^outtc^fcit. — 6 
iiv:imo(. — 7 i\'vt()v'iti9cn. — 8 f}l'rl^Cl•va!:icn^, aiu'cjc* 
jctcl)iu't. 



174 

wurbe er ^itm g}^[r<3(icbe t)c6 (55cncra(?(5ongreflfe(5 
ermdt)It. 511^ ?Oiit(]iicb beil eicl)erbcit^^5liuii'd>iijye^ 
uub be^ fiivbie aii^warrti^c (Sorrcs^poubcu^ iinrcr^o(3 
er jl'rf) hen bc^d)mc\'[id)ftcn 3lrbeircn luib i^cvmciibcte 
feincii (jan^cii (S"inflii9 S^t (^hinilcii ber Uuabbaiu^ig^ 
feil:!:>^(i>'rfldrmi(3, \vc[d)c cv nutinUer,jeid)nctc. '^ni 
Sabre 1777 anirbc crali^ bci"»el(mdd)tuitcr5{(]ciunad) 
granfrcid] gefanbf, iini v>on bciii bLn'tii]cn X^ofe lln^ 
terftiilinn.gcn aiio^mvirfcn, nub battc ba'^^Iucf/ am 
6. gcbnmr 1778 fur bicfc junt]e Dicpublif t^cn erften 
51>crrrag mit ciucr frcmbcu ''Wa&it ab'^nid^iiifA'ix, 
^cin cl)vmu't>ic\c6 5l(tcr, feiu cuifad)CiS ^^euebuicu, 
feiu ii^ijycufd)afflid)er Di'uf, t}ic C^3cm.iubtbt'ir uub 
guKe fctucr Uurcrbaltuu.q, nKid)tcu ibu gum I'lcb^; 
Itu(]c bed Soifi.^ ; ^cbcruivinu fiib^te fid) gct'brt, ciuem 
fo(d)eu WVanne (Sbre ^u crgcu^eu m\h b'^;»l[en'.bcrr, 
ber ^prdfibeut ber frviu^ofii'dicu i?lfabcmii', fnbvte 
ibu aUS ''fflitciiiclf jcuer bcrubintcu un|Teutd)afilid)cu 
@efcl(fd)aft mit beu Ui^orfcu ciu : 
„(5'r eutrip bcnK\>inimel ben '^iiih, ben !ti)rauueu 

ben "Scepter." (iinpuit fuhinjii ccx^lu, sccpliuiuquc 
ly rami is.) 

Tiad) fcincr DJiidfebr in feiu 3>ater[anb (1785) 
bcfleibete er, cbc er ftd) iuM ^]3rivatlebeu ^uvuc^ 
^icben bnrfte, bai^ ^MU ciwcS ^prdfibeuteu von fnm^ 
fploauieu, biente 1787 ai^ ^:>lbiieorbueter in ber S*^^ 
bera[?(5onyeutiou nub (]cucbn]ii]tc tic bafclbft euts* 
tt>L>rfene (SLMiftitntiou. 5lud) u>urbe cr ^prdfiDeut 
»on gtvci meufd)eufi'cunb(id)en @cfcnfd]aften,UHMd)C 



175 

he was immediately elected member of the General 
Congress. As a member of the Committee of Safety, 
and of that of foreign correspondence he performed 
the most fatiguing^ services, and exerted all his in- 
fluence in favor of the Declaration of Independence, 
among the signers" of which he was. In 1776 he 
was sent to France as commissioner plenipotentiary, 
to obtain supplies"' from that court ; and had the happi- 
ness of concluding the first treaty^ of the new States 
with a foieign power, February 6, 1778. His vene- 
rable age, his simplicity of manners, his scientific^ repu- 
tation, the ease,'^ and riches of his conversation, made 
him the favorite of the whole people, every one felt 
himself honored in honoring such a man, and d'Alem- 
bert, the President of the Academy of France, in- 
troduced him as a member of that illustrious scientific' 
society with the words : " He took the lightning from 
heaven, and the sceptre from tyrants." (Eripuit 
fulmen coelo sceptrumque tyrannis.) 

On his return to his native country, (1785,) before 
he was permitted to retire to private life, he filled 
the office of President of Pennsylvanian, and served as 
a delegate in the federal Convention in 1787, and 
approved the Constitution then formed. He became 
also Prci^ident of two humane societies, which were 

1 cnnut>cnt), anftvcngcnt). — 2 t)cr Untcr^cicI)niT. — 3 
tic ^^cvllavfiiua, .piKfc — 4t)cr iCcrtrag, tns JBiintiiu^ 
— 5 luiffcnfcbaftlid). — 6 tic Scicl)ti9fcit, @civont)t('cit. — 
7 (jtcrvcicl), bcriKjmt. 



176 

tm 3af)rc 1787 iit ^l)ilat)crpl)ia erricf) tet tuitrben ; 
W cine ^ieg : ,f^ic ^>l)ilat)e(phtcr ®efellfd)aft ^ur 
(Srleid)terunc{ be^ (Jfeut)^ ber ojfentltcf)en ©efdng^ 
niflfe/' nut) tic aiiberc: „^te ^ennfi)banifd)c ®c^ 
fettfci)aft sur SSeforbentitg ber 5lbfcf)affun9 be r ©f (a^ 
uerei, s"^ Unterj^u^un^ freier wiberrecfjtltcl) in 
^^ned)tfct)aft gebaltener Tie^ev unb ^ur SerbejTentng 
ber ^age ber afnfanifrf)en 9?ace/' 

Dr. grauflin eubigte am 17. 5Ipril 1790 feitic 
laitge unb iui(incl)e ?aufbal)it 'ocn 84 S^^rcn wnb 
3 5!)Zonaten. 

gleig, g}?dgigfeit unb $)Ubrid)feit 
(Tnb bie (jrogeit !^ct)ren, He feiu !i!eben prebi(3t. 

@r fcf)rieb jTd) felbjl, mehrere 3al)re t)or feinem 
^obe, folgenbe ©rabfOirift : 

^ier liegt ber ?eib 

5?on 

benjamin ^'ranflin, 

S3ucl)t)rucfcc, 

«W ©pcifc fiic QSucmcc twic bet (Stnbanb cinc$ oUcn 

S3ucl)c^, wcrau^ ba^ SOBcrE gcriJTcn, 2Ciiffd)rift 

unb ^Scrgdfcung ivcggcnemmcn finb.) 

7lUt ^cii SBcrE fctOft ivirb nicl)t t^crtcrcn c\cl}cn, 

tcnn c5 witb — ivic ex glaubtc — »vicbcrcrfcl)ciiun 

in 

finer ncucn unb fd)oncccn "KnfiaQt 

bur(l)9cfcl)cn unb ycvOcfJcrt 

i)cn 

bcm ^25crfaffcrfc 



177 

established, in 1*787, in Philadelphia, one called "The 
Philadelphia Society for Alleviating^ the Miseries of 
public prisons," and the other "the Pennsylvania So- 
ciety for Promoting the Abolition^ of Slavery, the 
relief' of free negroes unlawfully held in bondage, 
and the improvement of the condition of the African 
nice." 

Dr. Franklin died on the l7thof April, 1790, clos- 
ing along and useful career of eighty-four years and 
three months. 

Industry^ Frugality y Integrity^ such are the lead- 
ing lessons of his life. 

The following epitaph"* on himself, was written by 
him many years previous to his death : 

THE BODY 
OF 

BENJAMIN FRANKLIN, 

PRINTER, 

(likr the cover^ of an old book, its contents torn out, 

AND STRIPT"' of ITS LETTER NO AND GILDING,) 

LIES HERE, FOOD FOR WORMS, 

YET THE WORK ITSELF SHALL NOT BE LOST, 

TOR IT WILL AS HE BELIEVED — APPEAR ONCE MORE 

IN 

A NEW AND MORE BEAUTIFUL EDITION, 

CORRECTED AND AMENDED''' 

BY 

T[IF, AUTHOR. 

1 cr(cicf)tcvn. —2 fcic ?tbfd)afiun(^. — 3 lie llntcvrr(ifiiin<^. 
— 4 Mc ©rntfcbrifL — 5 lit ;Dcc!e(. — 6 tH'raii(H'n,\ucgs 
nefjmcn. — 7 iH'rlv'jcrn. 






m 



b c c : p 

9tat^ iinb ^eUlnmti^ | 

r t>ciit|ct)e (Suimanberer in hen '^eveinicitcn b 

©taaten i)cn 5(menfa ; |^ 

•; It a t c i cl) Pl^ 

t*cfebud) fiiv "Jlitfanacr in bcr cttgUfdien Pj 



I 

i 
I 
I 



<Pfarrcr in 23ofton, 93?^tTfl<^«ft''tt^. 



IE GERMAN IN AMERICA, 



ADAaOE AND INSTRUCTION 

] JR GERMAN EMIGRANTS IN THE UNITED 
STATES OF AMERICA. 



\ RKADER FOR BEGINNERS IN THE ENGLISH AND 
GERMAN LANGUAGES. 



BY F. W. BOGEN, 

PASTOR IN BOSTON, MASSACHUSETTS. 



BUSTON: B. n. Greene, 124 Washington-street. 
NEW-YORK: D. Faxshaw', lOS Nassau-street, comer of Ann. 



i 



185-2. 



i'^s^ 



j^^g^^g^^^^P^^^g^^ 



fOil; 




H 34 6 35 -^ 




<^v ^ • ■ ' 


■:->-;■ '■ 


'^0> 




4 o 


■'-^'^ 


o^ 


■ -' 




1 




■/ 



. 4."^ , « ^ <<> 



O ^ i 




^^' .^^"-^ '^M^"' .^^ 



k^^ 




8'i 






^or^. 













A 



<^ 






^c 









\ 




,,BRABYOFCONG"^^^., 




